ImGuiStyle/imgui-menu-for-rainbow-six-siege
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Bloodysharp/imgui-menu-for-rainbow-six-siege.git synced 2024-12-22 16:07:30 +08:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Delete libs directory

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Fujiwara 2024-11-09 10:00:01 +03:00 committed by GitHub
parent cabe45b610
commit e30afc38e0
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: B5690EEEBB952194
66 changed files with 0 additions and 33148 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

37
libs/emscripten/emscripten_mainloop_stub.h
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
// What does this file solves?
// - Since Dear ImGui 1.00 we took pride that most of our examples applications had their entire
// main-loop inside the main() function. That's because:
// - It makes the examples easier to read, keeping the code sequential.
// - It permit the use of local variables, making it easier to try things and perform quick
// changes when someone needs to quickly test something (vs having to structure the example
// in order to pass data around). This is very important because people use those examples
// to craft easy-to-past repro when they want to discuss features or report issues.
// - It conveys at a glance that this is a no-BS framework, it won't take your main loop away from you.
// - It is generally nice and elegant.
// - However, comes Emscripten... it is a wonderful and magical tech but it requires a "main loop" function.
// - Only some of our examples would run on Emscripten. Typically the ones rendering with GL or WGPU ones.
// - I tried to refactor those examples but felt it was problematic that other examples didn't follow the
// same layout. Why would the SDL+GL example be structured one way and the SGL+DX11 be structured differently?
// Especially as we are trying hard to convey that using a Dear ImGui backend in an *existing application*
// should requires only a few dozens lines of code, and this should be consistent and symmetrical for all backends.
// - So the next logical step was to refactor all examples to follow that layout of using a "main loop" function.
// This worked, but it made us lose all the nice things we had...
// Since only about 3 examples really need to run with Emscripten, here's our solution:
// - Use some weird macros and capturing lambda to turn a loop in main() into a function.
// - Hide all that crap in this file so it doesn't make our examples unusually ugly.
// As a stance and principle of Dear ImGui development we don't use C++ headers and we don't
// want to suggest to the newcomer that we would ever use C++ headers as this would affect
// the initial judgment of many of our target audience.
// - Technique is based on this idea: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/2492/
#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
#include <emscripten.h>
#include <functional>
static std::function<void()> MainLoopForEmscriptenP;
static void MainLoopForEmscripten() { MainLoopForEmscriptenP(); }
#define EMSCRIPTEN_MAINLOOP_BEGIN MainLoopForEmscriptenP = [&]()
#define EMSCRIPTEN_MAINLOOP_END ; emscripten_set_main_loop(MainLoopForEmscripten, 0, true)
#else
#define EMSCRIPTEN_MAINLOOP_BEGIN
#define EMSCRIPTEN_MAINLOOP_END
#endif

65
libs/emscripten/shell_minimal.html
View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
<!doctype html>
<html lang="en-us">
<head>
<meta charset="utf-8">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1, minimum-scale=1, user-scalable=no"/>
<title>Dear ImGui Emscripten example</title>
<style>
body { margin: 0; background-color: black }
/* FIXME: with our GLFW example this block seems to break resizing and io.DisplaySize gets stuck */
.emscripten {
position: absolute;
top: 0px;
left: 0px;
margin: 0px;
border: 0;
width: 100%;
height: 100%;
overflow: hidden;
display: block;
image-rendering: optimizeSpeed;
image-rendering: -moz-crisp-edges;
image-rendering: -o-crisp-edges;
image-rendering: -webkit-optimize-contrast;
image-rendering: optimize-contrast;
image-rendering: crisp-edges;
image-rendering: pixelated;
-ms-interpolation-mode: nearest-neighbor;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<canvas class="emscripten" id="canvas" oncontextmenu="event.preventDefault()"></canvas>
<script type='text/javascript'>
var Module = {
preRun: [],
postRun: [],
print: (function() {
return function(text) {
text = Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments).join(' ');
console.log(text);
};
})(),
printErr: function(text) {
text = Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments).join(' ');
console.error(text);
},
canvas: (function() {
var canvas = document.getElementById('canvas');
//canvas.addEventListener("webglcontextlost", function(e) { alert('FIXME: WebGL context lost, please reload the page'); e.preventDefault(); }, false);
return canvas;
})(),
setStatus: function(text) {
console.log("status: " + text);
},
monitorRunDependencies: function(left) {
// no run dependencies to log
}
};
window.onerror = function() {
console.log("onerror: " + event);
};
</script>
{{{ SCRIPT }}}
</body>
</html>

51
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftconfig.h
*
* ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by
* the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically
* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port
* FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.
*
* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise
* you to place a modified copy in your build directory.
*
* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains
* system-specific files that are always included first when building the
* library.
*
* This ANSI version should stay in `include/config/`.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#include <freetype/config/integer-types.h>
#include <freetype/config/public-macros.h>
#include <freetype/config/mac-support.h>
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

836
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
View File

@ -1,836 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftheader.h
*
* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BEGIN_HEADER
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
# else
# define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_END_HEADER
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define FT_END_HEADER }
# else
# define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* header_file_macros
*
* @title:
* Header File Macros
*
* @abstract:
* Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.
*
* @description:
* In addition to the normal scheme of including header files like
*
* ```
* #include <freetype/freetype.h>
* #include <freetype/ftmm.h>
* #include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
* ```
*
* it is possible to used named macros instead. They can be used
* directly in `#include` statements as in
*
* ```
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
* #include FT_GLYPH_H
* ```
*
* These macros were introduced to overcome the infamous 8.3~naming rule
* required by DOS (and `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful
* than `ftmm.h`).
*
*/
/* configuration files */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts
* embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',
* 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',
* 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_COLOR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.
*/
#define FT_COLOR_H <freetype/ftcolor.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OTSVG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'SVG~' glyphs.
*/
#define FT_OTSVG_H <freetype/otsvg.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */
/* of no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/* TODO(david): Move this section below to a different header */
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _MSC_VER ) /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* We disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
/* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings. */
/* In particular, the warning complains about stuff like `while(0)' */
/* which is very useful in macro definitions. There is no benefit */
/* in having it enabled. */
#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

33
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/*
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
*
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/`) based on information
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg`.
*
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile
* FreeType without GNU make.
*
*/
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_sdf_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_bitmap_sdf_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_svg_renderer_class )
/* EOF */

1029
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

185
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
View File

@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstdlib.h
*
* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that
* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the
* standard functions within the FreeType source code.
*
* Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**************************************************************************
*
* integer limits
*
* `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of
* `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all
* platforms the library has been tested on. We also check `ULLONG_MAX`
* to see whether we can use 64-bit `long long` later on.
*
* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer
* types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where
* `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct
* behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.
*
* In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a
* message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.
*
*/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
#ifdef LLONG_MAX
#define FT_LLONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
#endif
#ifdef LLONG_MIN
#define FT_LLONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
#endif
#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
#define FT_ULLONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* character and string processing
*
*/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**************************************************************************
*
* file handling
*
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**************************************************************************
*
* sorting
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**************************************************************************
*
* memory allocation
*
*/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**************************************************************************
*
* execution control
*
*/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

250
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/integer-types.h
View File

@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/integer-types.h
*
* FreeType integer types definitions.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */
/* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */
/* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char` type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_INT
/* The size of an `int` type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_INT) */
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_LONG
/* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_LONG) */
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
/* The size of a `long long` type if available */
#if defined( FT_ULLONG_MAX ) && FT_ULLONG_MAX >= 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 0
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int32
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt32
*
* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit integer type */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
/**************************************************************************
*
* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in
* strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if
* `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.
*/
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1100 /* Watcom C++ */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long` type */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* !__STDC__ */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
#ifdef FT_INT64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_ */

49
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/mac-support.h
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/mac-support.h
*
* Mac/OS X support configuration header.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_
/**************************************************************************
*
* Mac support
*
* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead
* providing a new configuration file.
*/
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */
/* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif /* Mac support */
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_ */

138
libs/freetype/include/freetype/config/public-macros.h
View File

@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/public-macros.h
*
* Define a set of compiler macros used in public FreeType headers.
*
* Copyright (C) 2020-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/*
* The definitions in this file are used by the public FreeType headers
* and thus should be considered part of the public API.
*
* Other compiler-specific macro definitions that are not exposed by the
* FreeType API should go into
* `include/freetype/internal/compiler-macros.h` instead.
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_
/*
* `FT_BEGIN_HEADER` and `FT_END_HEADER` might have already been defined
* by `freetype/config/ftheader.h`, but we don't want to include this
* header here, so redefine the macros here only when needed. Their
* definition is very stable, so keeping them in sync with the ones in the
* header should not be a maintenance issue.
*/
#ifndef FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* empty */
#endif
#endif /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
#ifndef FT_END_HEADER
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* empty */
#endif
#endif /* FT_END_HEADER */
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*
* Mark a function declaration as public. This ensures it will be
* properly exported to client code. Place this before a function
* declaration.
*
* NOTE: This macro should be considered an internal implementation
* detail, and not part of the FreeType API. It is only defined here
* because it is needed by `FT_EXPORT`.
*/
/* Visual C, mingw */
#if defined( _WIN32 )
#if defined( FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __declspec( dllexport )
#elif defined( DLL_IMPORT )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __declspec( dllimport )
#endif
/* gcc, clang */
#elif ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || defined( __clang__ )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE \
__attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) ))
/* Sun */
#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __global
#endif
#ifndef FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE /* empty */
#endif
/*
* Define a public FreeType API function. This ensures it is properly
* exported or imported at build time. The macro parameter is the
* function's return type as in:
*
* FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
* FT_Object_Method( FT_Object obj,
* ... );
*
* NOTE: This requires that all `FT_EXPORT` uses are inside
* `FT_BEGIN_HEADER ... FT_END_HEADER` blocks. This guarantees that the
* functions are exported with C linkage, even when the header is included
* by a C++ source file.
*/
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE extern x
/*
* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- this is
* only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings.
*
* Technically, this was not meant to be part of the public API, but some
* third-party code depends on it.
*/
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*
* Support for casts in both C and C++.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_STATIC_CAST( type, var ) static_cast<type>(var)
#define FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( type, var ) reinterpret_cast<type>(var)
#define FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( type, var ) \
static_cast<type>( static_cast<unsigned char>( var ) )
#else
#define FT_STATIC_CAST( type, var ) (type)(var)
#define FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( type, var ) (type)(var)
#define FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( type, var ) (type)(unsigned char)(var)
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_ */

5050
libs/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

188
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
View File

@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftadvanc.h
*
* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2008-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY
*
* @description:
* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags` parameter of the
* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.
*
* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the
* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick
* advance computation.
*
* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or
* light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.
*
* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, and
* hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advance
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* gindex ::
* The glyph index.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.
*
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on the value of
* `load_flags`), the advance value is in 16.16 format. Otherwise, it
* is in font units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, it is the horizontal
* advance in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advances
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* start ::
* The first glyph index.
*
* count ::
* The number of advance values you want to retrieve.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph.
*
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance values. This array, to be provided by the caller, must
* contain at least `count` elements.
*
* If scaling is performed (based on the value of `load_flags`), the
* advance values are in 16.16 format. Otherwise, they are in font
* units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, they are the
* horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

101
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
View File

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbbox.h
*
* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding
* boxes.
*
* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical
* reasons. It may well be integrated in 'ftoutln' later.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* @description:
* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than
* computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm
* that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise,
* the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* abbox ::
* The outline's exact bounding box.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

212
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
View File

@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbdf.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bdf_fonts
*
* @title:
* BDF and PCF Files
*
* @abstract:
* BDF and PCF specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and
* PCF fonts.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF
* property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* `NULL`, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF
* specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* name ::
* The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty ::
* The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A 'property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props` array within a `FontRec` structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as 'signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type` is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

329
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
View File

@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbitmap.h
*
* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftcolor.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bitmap_handling
*
* @title:
* Bitmap Handling
*
* @abstract:
* Handling FT_Bitmap objects.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects,
* automatically adjusting the target's bitmap buffer size as needed.
*
* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's 'flow' (as
* indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field in @FT_Bitmap).
*
* To set the flow, assign an appropriate positive or negative value to
* the `pitch` field of the target @FT_Bitmap object after calling
* @FT_Bitmap_Init but before calling any of the other functions
* described here.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Init
*
* @description:
* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the bitmap structure.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy a bitmap into another one.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* A handle to the source bitmap.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength` pixels
* wider and `yStrength` pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are
* kept unchanged.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* xStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* yStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* @inout:
* bitmap ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The current implementation restricts `xStrength` to be less than or
* equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
*
* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, you
* should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.
*
* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format are
* converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Convert
*
* @description:
* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp to
* a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per
* line (a.k.a. the 'pitch') a multiple of `alignment`.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap.
*
* alignment ::
* The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this argument. Common
* values are 1, 2, or 4.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* The target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without
* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
*
* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
*
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Blend
*
* @description:
* Blend a bitmap onto another bitmap, using a given color.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap, which can have any @FT_Pixel_Mode format.
*
* source_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the source bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* color ::
* The color used to draw `source` onto `target`.
*
* @inout:
* target ::
* A handle to an `FT_Bitmap` object. It should be either initialized
* as empty with a call to @FT_Bitmap_Init, or it should be of type
* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA.
*
* atarget_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the target bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function doesn't perform clipping.
*
* The bitmap in `target` gets allocated or reallocated as needed; the
* vector `atarget_offset` is updated accordingly.
*
* In case of allocation or reallocation, the bitmap's pitch is set to
* `4 * width`. Both `source` and `target` must have the same bitmap
* flow (as indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field).
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Blend( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap* source,
const FT_Vector source_offset,
FT_Bitmap* target,
FT_Vector *atarget_offset,
FT_Color color );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap`.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The glyph slot.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is to be used in combination with @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* bitmap ::
* The bitmap object to be freed.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h
View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbzip2.h
*
* Bzip2-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2010-2022 by
* Joel Klinghed.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bzip2
*
* @title:
* BZIP2 Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using bzip2-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed
* stream from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1087
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

149
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
View File

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.
* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* general_remarks
*
* @title:
* General Remarks
*
* @sections:
* preamble
* header_inclusion
* user_allocation
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* core_api
*
* @title:
* Core API
*
* @sections:
* version
* basic_types
* base_interface
* glyph_variants
* color_management
* layer_management
* glyph_management
* mac_specific
* sizes_management
* header_file_macros
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* format_specific
*
* @title:
* Format-Specific API
*
* @sections:
* multiple_masters
* truetype_tables
* type1_tables
* sfnt_names
* bdf_fonts
* cid_fonts
* pfr_fonts
* winfnt_fonts
* svg_fonts
* font_formats
* gasp_table
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* module_specific
*
* @title:
* Controlling FreeType Modules
*
* @sections:
* auto_hinter
* cff_driver
* t1_cid_driver
* tt_driver
* pcf_driver
* ot_svg_driver
* properties
* parameter_tags
* lcd_rendering
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* cache_subsystem
*
* @title:
* Cache Sub-System
*
* @sections:
* cache_subsystem
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* support_api
*
* @title:
* Support API
*
* @sections:
* computations
* list_processing
* outline_processing
* quick_advance
* bitmap_handling
* raster
* glyph_stroker
* system_interface
* module_management
* gzip
* lzw
* bzip2
* debugging_apis
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* error_codes
*
* @title:
* Error Codes
*
* @sections:
* error_enumerations
* error_code_values
*
*/
/* END */

167
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
View File

@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftcid.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2022 by
* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cid_fonts
*
* @title:
* CID Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* CID-keyed font-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font-specific
* functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In contrast
* to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also
* for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */

1718
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftcolor.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1250
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftdriver.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

283
libs/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
View File

@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrdef.h
*
* FreeType error codes (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_code_values
*
* @title:
* Error Code Values
*
* @abstract:
* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.
*
* @description:
* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h` (loaded
* automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H`). The first argument of the
* `FT_ERROR_DEF_` macro is the error label; by default, the prefix
* `FT_Err_` gets added so that you get error names like
* `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource`. The second argument is the error code,
* and the last argument an error string, which is not used by FreeType.
*
* Within your application you should **only** use error names and
* **never** its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do)
* change in forthcoming FreeType versions.
*
* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_` defines `FT_Err_Ok`, which is always zero. See
* the 'Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically generate a
* list of error strings.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Err_XXX
*
*/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_SVG_Document, 0x18,
"invalid SVG document" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
"missing bitmap in strike" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_SVG_Hooks, 0x9E,
"SVG hooks have not been set" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

296
libs/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
View File

@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrors.h
*
* FreeType error code handling (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_enumerations
*
* @title:
* Error Enumerations
*
* @abstract:
* How to handle errors and error strings.
*
* @description:
* The header file `fterrors.h` (which is automatically included by
* `freetype.h` defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration
* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings
* with a small macro trick explained below.
*
* **Error Formats**
*
* The configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` can be
* defined in `ftoption.h` in order to make the higher byte indicate the
* module where the error has happened (this is not compatible with
* standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file `ftmoderr.h`
* for more details.
*
* **Error Message Strings**
*
* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client
* applications to build a table of error message strings. The strings
* are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save space (most
* client applications do not use them).
*
* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including
* this file.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_START_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of the
* error list. It is followed by several `FT_ERROR_DEF` calls.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )
* ```
*
* This macro is called to define one single error. 'e' is the error
* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument`), 'v' is the error's
* numerical value, and 's' is the corresponding error string.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_END_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro ends the list.
*
* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_` before #including
* this file.
*
* Here is a simple example.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s },
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int err_code;
* const char* err_msg;
* } ft_errors[] =
*
* #include <freetype/fterrors.h>
* ```
*
* An alternative to using an array is a switch statement.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST switch ( error_code ) {
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) case v: return s;
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST }
* ```
*
* If you use `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS`, `error_code` should
* be replaced with `FT_ERROR_BASE(error_code)` in the last example.
*/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__`. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* work for backward compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
/* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS: Control whether function prototypes should be */
/* included with */
/* */
/* #include <freetype/fterrors.h> */
/* */
/* This is only true where `FT_ERRORDEF` is */
/* undefined. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED: Actual multiple-inclusion protection of */
/* `fterrors.h`. */
#ifdef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#undef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#ifndef FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
#define FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Error_String
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the description of a valid FreeType error code.
*
* @input:
* error_code ::
* A valid FreeType error code.
*
* @return:
* A C~string or `NULL`, if any error occurred.
*
* @note:
* FreeType has to be compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS` or
* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to get meaningful descriptions.
* 'error_string' will be `NULL` otherwise.
*
* Module identification will be ignored:
*
* ```c
* strcmp( FT_Error_String( FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format ),
* FT_Error_String( BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format ) ) == 0;
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Error_String( FT_Error error_code );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED */
#endif /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS */
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */

93
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h
View File

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftfntfmt.h
*
* Support functions for font formats.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* font_formats
*
* @title:
* Font Formats
*
* @abstract:
* Getting the font format.
*
* @description:
* The single function in this section can be used to get the font format.
* Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are
* special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to
* differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Font_Format
*
* @description:
* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible values
* are 'TrueType', 'Type~1', 'BDF', 'PCF', 'Type~42', 'CID~Type~1', 'CFF',
* 'PFR', and 'Windows~FNT'.
*
* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* Input face handle.
*
* @return:
* Font format string. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */

143
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
View File

@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgasp.h
*
* Access of TrueType's 'gasp' table (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType 'gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its 'gasp' table, if any. This is mainly
* useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode
* interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This **really** means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING` and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT` are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are consequently ignored).
*
* 'ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
* flags from the font's 'gasp' table corresponding to a given character
* pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* ppem ::
* The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* 'gasp' table in the face.
*
* @note:
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
* function **after** setting an instance since the return values can
* change.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */

750
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
View File

@ -1,750 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftglyph.h
*
* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions that
* can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph bitmaps and
* outlines from a given face.
*
* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server or
* text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty handy
* for many other simple uses of the library.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_management
*
* @title:
* Glyph Management
*
* @abstract:
* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.
*
* @description:
* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through
* generic @FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap,
* a vector outline, or even images in other formats. These objects are
* detached from @FT_Face, contrary to @FT_GlyphSlot.
*
*/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a
* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap
* or pointer.
*
* @note:
* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release
* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling
* @FT_Done_FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_GlyphRec
*
* @description:
* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance
* width in 16.16 fixed-point format.
*
* @fields:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* clazz ::
* A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* advance ::
* A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_BitmapGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_BitmapGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root fields of @FT_Glyph.
*
* left ::
* The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the
* current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
*
* top ::
* The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current
* pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance
* is positive for upwards~y!
*
* bitmap ::
* A descriptor for the bitmap.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP`. This lets you access the
* bitmap's contents easily.
*
* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph and
* is thus created and destroyed with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_OutlineGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_OutlineGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is
* a 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
*
* outline ::
* A descriptor for the outline.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE`. This lets you access the
* outline's content easily.
*
* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are
* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
* was used in @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char.
*
* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed
* with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_SvgGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model an SVG glyph. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_SvgGlyphRec.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SvgGlyphRec_* FT_SvgGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SvgGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for OT-SVG glyphs. This is a 'sub-class' of
* @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_GlyphRec fields.
*
* svg_document ::
* A pointer to the SVG document.
*
* svg_document_length ::
* The length of `svg_document`.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The index of the glyph to be rendered.
*
* metrics ::
* A metrics object storing the size information.
*
* units_per_EM ::
* The size of the EM square.
*
* start_glyph_id ::
* The first glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* end_glyph_id ::
* The last glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* transform ::
* A 2x2 transformation matrix to apply to the glyph while rendering
* it.
*
* delta ::
* Translation to apply to the glyph while rendering.
*
* @note:
* The Glyph Management API requires @FT_Glyph or its 'sub-class' to have
* all the information needed to completely define the glyph's rendering.
* Outline-based glyphs can directly apply transformations to the outline
* but this is not possible for an SVG document that hasn't been parsed.
* Therefore, the transformation is stored along with the document. In
* the absence of a 'ViewBox' or 'Width'/'Height' attribute, the size of
* the ViewPort should be assumed to be 'units_per_EM'.
*/
typedef struct FT_SvgGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Byte* svg_document;
FT_ULong svg_document_length;
FT_UInt glyph_index;
FT_Size_Metrics metrics;
FT_UShort units_per_EM;
FT_UShort start_glyph_id;
FT_UShort end_glyph_id;
FT_Matrix transform;
FT_Vector delta;
} FT_SvgGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to create a new empty glyph image. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Glyph( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* A handle to the source glyph slot.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Because `*aglyph->advance.x` and `*aglyph->advance.y` are 16.16
* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x` and `slot->advance.y` (which
* are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range ]-32768;32768[.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Copy
*
* @description:
* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created
* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Transform
*
* @description:
* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.
*
* @inout:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
*
* delta ::
* A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64th of a pixel.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
*
* @note:
* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance
* vector.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
*
* @description:
* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
*
* @values:
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::
* Return unscaled font units.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::
* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::
* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::
* Return coordinates in integer pixels.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::
* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
*/
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode` values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return a glyph's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* mode ::
* The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box
* values.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
*
* @note:
* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards
* convention.
*
* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode` must
* be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6
* pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for
* this constant.
*
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*
* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one
* can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer
* or 26.6 pixels) as:
*
* ```
* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
* ```
*
* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode` is set to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,
* which corresponds to:
*
* ```
* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);
* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);
* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);
* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);
* ```
*
* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
*
* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
*
* @inout:
* the_glyph ::
* A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
*
* @input:
* render_mode ::
* An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.
*
* origin ::
* A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before
* rendering. Can be~0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed
* in 26.6 pixels.
*
* destroy ::
* A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be
* destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
*
* The glyph image is translated with the `origin` vector before
* rendering.
*
* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle that will be
* _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). Typically,
* you would do something like the following (omitting error handling).
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyph;
* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap;
*
*
* // load glyph
* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* // extract glyph image
* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
*
* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)
* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
* {
* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
* 0, 1 );
* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged
* ...
* }
*
* // access bitmap content by typecasting
* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
*
* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing
* ...
*
* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
* ```
*
* Here is another example, again without error handling.
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]
*
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||
* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyphs[idx] );
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* {
* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx];
*
*
* ...
*
* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into
* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );
*
* ...
*
* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );
* }
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
const FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Destroy a given glyph.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* computations
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Multiply
*
* @description:
* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b`.
*
* @input:
* a ::
* A pointer to matrix `a`.
*
* @inout:
* b ::
* A pointer to matrix `b`.
*
* @note:
* The result is undefined if either `a` or `b` is zero.
*
* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become
* meaningless if the arguments are very large.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Invert
*
* @description:
* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted.
*
* @inout:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

354
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
View File

@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgxval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2022 by
* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.
* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology
* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gx_validation
*
* @title:
* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak,
* prop, lcar).
*
* @order:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: Use `FT_VALIDATE_XXX` to validate a table.
* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.
*
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length` argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate 'feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate 'mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate 'morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate 'bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate 'just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate 'kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate 'opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate 'trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate 'prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate 'lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables` array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array
* itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables` element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate to
* indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type
* doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the 'kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the
* offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level
* library that actually does the text layout can access those tables
* without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The 'kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table`, by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */

151
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
View File

@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgzip.h
*
* Gzip-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gzip
*
* @title:
* GZIP Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using gzip-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress` function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output ::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len` is the size of
* the used data in `output`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*
* @since:
* 2.5.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */

1278
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

348
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
View File

@ -1,348 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftincrem.h
*
* FreeType incremental loading (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* 'incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* 'incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript
* interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be
* overridden by different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement
* @FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for
* the methods @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc,
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by
* the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical` argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the 'glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* **unencrypted** charstring bytes, without any `lenIV` header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the
* data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This allows for handling font types such
* as PCL~XL Format~1, Class~2 downloaded TrueType fonts, where the glyph
* metrics (`hmtx` and `vmtx` tables) are permitted to be omitted from
* the font, and the relevant metrics included in the header of the glyph
* outline data. Importantly, this is not intended to allow custom glyph
* metrics (for example, Postscript Metrics dictionaries), because that
* conflicts with the requirements of outline hinting. Such custom
* metrics must be handled separately, by the calling application.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output. The original
* glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available
* all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally.
* Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not
* require it.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* ```
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */

323
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
View File

@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlcdfil.h
*
* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs
* (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_rendering
*
* @title:
* Subpixel Rendering
*
* @abstract:
* API to control subpixel rendering.
*
* @description:
* FreeType provides two alternative subpixel rendering technologies.
* Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your
* `ftoption.h` file, this enables ClearType-style rendering.
* Otherwise, Harmony LCD rendering is enabled. These technologies are
* controlled differently and API described below, although always
* available, performs its function when appropriate method is enabled
* and does nothing otherwise.
*
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Using the
* subpixel coverages unfiltered can create severe color fringes
* especially when rendering thin features. Indeed, to produce
* black-on-white text, the nearby color subpixels must be dimmed
* evenly. Therefore, an equalizing 5-tap FIR filter should be applied
* to subpixel coverages regardless of pixel boundaries and should have
* these properties:
*
* 1. It should be symmetrical, like {~a, b, c, b, a~}, to avoid
* any shifts in appearance.
*
* 2. It should be color-balanced, meaning a~+ b~=~c, to reduce color
* fringes by distributing the computed coverage for one subpixel to
* all subpixels equally.
*
* 3. It should be normalized, meaning 2a~+ 2b~+ c~=~1.0 to maintain
* overall brightness.
*
* Boxy 3-tap filter {0, 1/3, 1/3, 1/3, 0} is sharper but is less
* forgiving of non-ideal gamma curves of a screen (and viewing angles),
* beveled filters are fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
* API to specify a low-pass filter, which is then applied to
* subpixel-rendered bitmaps generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Harmony LCD rendering is suitable to panels with any regular subpixel
* structure, not just monitors with 3 color striped subpixels, as long
* as the color subpixels have fixed positions relative to the pixel
* center. In this case, each color channel can be rendered separately
* after shifting the outline opposite to the subpixel shift so that the
* coverage maps are aligned. This method is immune to color fringes
* because the shifts do not change integral coverage.
*
* The subpixel geometry must be specified by xy-coordinates for each
* subpixel. By convention they may come in the RGB order: {{-1/3, 0},
* {0, 0}, {1/3, 0}} for standard RGB striped panel or {{-1/6, 1/4},
* {-1/6, -1/4}, {1/3, 0}} for a certain PenTile panel.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry API to specify subpixel positions.
* If one follows the RGB order convention, the same order applies to the
* resulting @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V bitmaps. Note,
* however, that the coordinate frame for the latter must be rotated
* clockwise. Harmony with default LCD geometry is equivalent to
* ClearType with light filter.
*
* As a result of ClearType filtering or Harmony shifts, the resulting
* dimensions of LCD bitmaps can be slightly wider or taller than the
* dimensions the original outline with regard to the pixel grid.
* For example, for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 2~subpixels to
* the left, and 2~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are
* adjusted accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout
* and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* The ClearType and Harmony rendering is applicable to glyph bitmaps
* rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, and
* @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap, when @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
* is specified. This API does not control @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* The described algorithms can completely remove color artefacts when
* combined with gamma-corrected alpha blending in linear space. Each of
* the 3~alpha values (subpixels) must by independently used to blend one
* color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the text
* color with the red channel of the background pixel.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* This is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* with weights of [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] in 1/256th units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* this is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter with
* weights of [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] in 1/256th units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future. The second value is
* provided for compatibility with FontConfig, which historically used
* different enumeration, sometimes incorrectly forwarded to FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1` since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to change filter applied to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well
* on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Since 2.10.3 the LCD filtering is enabled with @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT.
* It is no longer necessary to call this function explicitly except
* to choose a different filter or disable filtering altogether with
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE.
*
* This function does nothing but returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* if the configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is
* not defined in your build of the library.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights in 1/256th units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing but returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* if the configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is
* not defined in your build of the library.
*
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
*
* @description:
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to modify default positions of color
* subpixels, which controls Harmony LCD rendering.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* sub ::
* A pointer to an array of 3 vectors in 26.6 fractional pixel format;
* the function modifies the default values, see the note below.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Subpixel geometry examples:
*
* - {{-21, 0}, {0, 0}, {21, 0}} is the default, corresponding to 3 color
* stripes shifted by a third of a pixel. This could be an RGB panel.
*
* - {{21, 0}, {0, 0}, {-21, 0}} looks the same as the default but can
* specify a BGR panel instead, while keeping the bitmap in the same
* RGB888 format.
*
* - {{0, 21}, {0, 0}, {0, -21}} is the vertical RGB, but the bitmap
* stays RGB888 as a result.
*
* - {{-11, 16}, {-11, -16}, {22, 0}} is a certain PenTile arrangement.
*
* This function does nothing and returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* in the context of ClearType-style subpixel rendering when
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is defined in your build of the
* library.
*
* @since:
* 2.10.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry( FT_Library library,
FT_Vector sub[3] );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */

296
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
View File

@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlist.h
*
* Generic list support for FreeType (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its data
* structures are defined in `freetype.h`.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* list_processing
*
* @title:
* List Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Simple management of lists.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various definitions related to list processing
* using doubly-linked nodes.
*
* @order:
* FT_List
* FT_ListNode
* FT_ListRec
* FT_ListNodeRec
*
* FT_List_Add
* FT_List_Insert
* FT_List_Find
* FT_List_Remove
* FT_List_Up
* FT_List_Iterate
* FT_List_Iterator
* FT_List_Finalize
* FT_List_Destructor
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Find
*
* @description:
* Find the list node for a given listed object.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* data ::
* The address of the listed object.
*
* @return:
* List node. `NULL` if it wasn't found.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Add
*
* @description:
* Append an element to the end of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to append.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Insert
*
* @description:
* Insert an element at the head of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to parent list.
* node ::
* The node to insert.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Remove
*
* @description:
* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the
* node is in the list!
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The node to remove.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Up
*
* @description:
* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to move.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Iterator
*
* @description:
* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse by
* @FT_List_Iterate.
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The current iteration list node.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point
* to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Iterate
*
* @description:
* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.
* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls
* returns a non-zero value.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
* iterator ::
* An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the second argument to the
* iterator.
*
* @return:
* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Destructor
*
* @description:
* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list
* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given
* list.
*
* @input:
* system ::
* The current system object.
*
* data ::
* The current object to destroy.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to
* point to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Finalize
*
* @description:
* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
*
* destroy ::
* A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
* Set this to `NULL` if not needed.
*
* memory ::
* The current memory object that handles deallocation.
*
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the last argument to the
* destructor.
*
* @note:
* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or
* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */

184
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftlogging.h
View File

@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlogging.h
*
* Additional debugging APIs.
*
* Copyright (C) 2020-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLOGGING_H_
#define FTLOGGING_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* debugging_apis
*
* @title:
* External Debugging APIs
*
* @abstract:
* Public APIs to control the `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING` macro.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declarations of public functions that
* enables fine control of what the `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING` macro outputs.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Trace_Set_Level
*
* @description:
* Change the levels of tracing components of FreeType at run time.
*
* @input:
* tracing_level ::
* New tracing value.
*
* @example:
* The following call makes FreeType trace everything but the 'memory'
* component.
*
* ```
* FT_Trace_Set_Level( "any:7 memory:0 );
* ```
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if compilation option `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING`
* isn't set.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Trace_Set_Level( const char* tracing_level );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Trace_Set_Default_Level
*
* @description:
* Reset tracing value of FreeType's components to the default value
* (i.e., to the value of the `FT2_DEBUG` environment value or to NULL
* if `FT2_DEBUG` is not set).
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if compilation option `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING`
* isn't set.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Trace_Set_Default_Level( void );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Custom_Log_Handler
*
* @description:
* A function typedef that is used to handle the logging of tracing and
* debug messages on a file system.
*
* @input:
* ft_component ::
* The name of `FT_COMPONENT` from which the current debug or error
* message is produced.
*
* fmt ::
* Actual debug or tracing message.
*
* args::
* Arguments of debug or tracing messages.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Custom_Log_Handler)( const char* ft_component,
const char* fmt,
va_list args );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Log_Handler
*
* @description:
* A function to set a custom log handler.
*
* @input:
* handler ::
* New logging function.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if compilation option `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING`
* isn't set.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Log_Handler( FT_Custom_Log_Handler handler );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Default_Log_Handler
*
* @description:
* A function to undo the effect of @FT_Set_Log_Handler, resetting the
* log handler to FreeType's built-in version.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if compilation option `FT_DEBUG_LOGGING`
* isn't set.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Log_Handler( void );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLOGGING_H_ */
/* END */

100
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
View File

@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlzw.h
*
* LZW-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lzw
*
* @title:
* LZW Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using LZW-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and
* re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z` fonts that come with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */

289
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
View File

@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmac.h
*
* Additional Mac-specific API.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* NOTE: Include this file after `FT_FREETYPE_H` and after any
* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as
* 'Handle', 'FSSpec', 'FSRef', etc.)
*
*/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* mac_specific
*
* @title:
* Mac Specific Interface
*
* @abstract:
* Only available on the Macintosh.
*
* @description:
* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled
* on a Macintosh.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FOND
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* fond ::
* A FOND resource.
*
* face_index ::
* Only supported for the -1 'sanity check' special case.
*
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @example:
* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts that
* are installed in the system as follows.
*
* ```
* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );
* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name
* that is handled by ATS framework.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* path ::
* Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
* The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
*
* maxPathSize ::
* Lengths of the buffer `path` that client allocated.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSSpec to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSSpec to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except it
* accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSRef to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSRef to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except it accepts
* an FSRef instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */

755
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
View File

@ -1,755 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmm.h
*
* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <freetype/t1tables.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* multiple_masters
*
* @title:
* Multiple Masters
*
* @abstract:
* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.
*
* @description:
* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master
* fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting
* design axis coordinates.
*
* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with Adobe
* MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are similar
* enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
*
* For Adobe MM fonts, macro @FT_IS_SFNT returns false. For GX and
* OpenType variation fonts, it returns true.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters
* fonts.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4.
*
* num_designs ::
* Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the
* Type~1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be
* present. This number cannot exceed~16.
*
* axis ::
* A table of axis descriptors.
*/
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple
* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name. Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation fonts.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* def ::
* The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful
* default values for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*
* tag ::
* The axis's tag (the equivalent to 'name' for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides default values for
* Adobe MM fonts if possible.
*
* strid ::
* The axis name entry in the font's 'name' table. This is another
* (and often better) version of the 'name' field for TrueType GX or
* OpenType variation fonts. Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @note:
* The fields `minimum`, `def`, and `maximum` are 16.16 fractional values
* for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the
* values are integers.
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Named_Style
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation font.
*
* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @fields:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates for this instance. This is an array with one
* entry for each axis.
*
* strid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying this instance.
*
* psid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying a PostScript name for this
* instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing entry.
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType GX,
* or OpenType variation font.
*
* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for Adobe MM fonts; no
* limit in TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.
*
* num_designs ::
* The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for Adobe MM
* fonts. Not meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts
* (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
*
* num_namedstyles ::
* The number of named styles; a 'named style' is a tuple of design
* coordinates that has a string ID (in the 'name' table) associated
* with it. The font can tell the user that, for example,
* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is 'Bold'. Another name for 'named style' is
* 'named instance'.
*
* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is always zero because
* the format does not support named styles.
*
* axis ::
* An axis descriptor table. TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts
* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. Memory management
* of this pointer is done internally by FreeType.
*
* namedstyle ::
* A named style (instance) table. Only meaningful for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Memory management of this pointer is done
* internally by FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The Multiple Masters descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The variation descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the
* user must deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the face's parent library object that was used in the
* call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design
* coordinates.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated
* font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend
* coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0
* for Adobe MM fonts, and between -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected
* interpolated font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of normalized blend coordinates to retrieve. If it is
* larger than the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.5 for
* Adobe MM fonts, and to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The normalized blend coordinates array.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design by directly
* setting the weight vector.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* len ::
* The length of the weight vector array. If it is larger than the
* number of designs, the extra values are ignored. If it is less than
* the number of designs, the remaining values are set to zero.
*
* weightvector ::
* An array representing the weight vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the weight vector to~16.
*
* If `len` is zero and `weightvector` is `NULL`, the weight vector array
* is reset to the default values.
*
* The Adobe documentation also states that the values in the
* WeightVector array must total 1.0 +/-~0.001. In practice this does
* not seem to be enforced, so is not enforced here, either.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, retrieve the current weight vector of the font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* len ::
* A pointer to the size of the array to be filled. If the size of the
* array is less than the number of designs, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument`
* is returned, and `len` is set to the required size (the number of
* designs). If the size of the array is greater than the number of
* designs, the remaining entries are set to~0. On successful
* completion, `len` is set to the number of designs (i.e., the number
* of values written to the array).
*
* @output:
* weightvector ::
* An array to be filled.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the WeightVector to~16.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt* len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit flags used in the return value of
* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.
*
* @values:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::
* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags
*
* @description:
* Get the 'flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.
*
* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags` is always zero).
*
* @input:
* master ::
* The variation descriptor.
*
* axis_index ::
* The index of the requested variation axis.
*
* @output:
* flags ::
* The 'flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for possible values.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
FT_UInt axis_index,
FT_UInt* flags );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Named_Instance
*
* @description:
* Set or change the current named instance.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* instance_index ::
* The index of the requested instance, starting with value 1. If set
* to value 0, FreeType switches to font access without a named
* instance.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The function uses the value of `instance_index` to set bits 16-30 of
* the face's `face_index` field. It also resets any variation applied
* to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the face's
* `face_flags` field gets reset to zero (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will
* return false).
*
* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function
* simply resets the current face to the default instance.
*
* @since:
* 2.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt instance_index );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */

807
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
View File

@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmodapi.h
*
* FreeType modules public interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* module_management
*
* @title:
* Module Management
*
* @abstract:
* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.
*
* @description:
* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.
* Internal and external modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at
* runtime. For example, an alternative renderer or proprietary font
* driver can be registered and prioritized. Additionally, some module
* properties can also be controlled.
*
* Here is a list of existing values of the `module_name` field in the
* @FT_Module_Class structure.
*
* ```
* autofitter
* bdf
* cff
* gxvalid
* otvalid
* pcf
* pfr
* psaux
* pshinter
* psnames
* raster1
* sfnt
* smooth
* truetype
* type1
* type42
* t1cid
* winfonts
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.
*
* @order:
* FT_Module
* FT_Module_Constructor
* FT_Module_Destructor
* FT_Module_Requester
* FT_Module_Class
*
* FT_Add_Module
* FT_Get_Module
* FT_Remove_Module
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME
* FT_Property_Set
* FT_Property_Get
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* FT_New_Library
* FT_Done_Library
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* FT_Renderer
* FT_Renderer_Class
*
* FT_Get_Renderer
* FT_Set_Renderer
*
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
*/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Constructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to initialize.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Destructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to finalize.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Requester
*
* @description:
* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to be searched.
*
* name ::
* The name of the interface in the module.
*/
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Module_Class
*
* @description:
* The module class descriptor. While being a public structure necessary
* for FreeType's module bookkeeping, most of the fields are essentially
* internal, not to be used directly by an application.
*
* @fields:
* module_flags ::
* Bit flags describing the module.
*
* module_size ::
* The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
*
* module_name ::
* The name of the module.
*
* module_version ::
* The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
*
* module_requires ::
* The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed
* number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
*
* module_interface ::
* A typeless pointer to a structure (which varies between different
* modules) that holds the module's interface functions. This is
* essentially what `get_interface` returns.
*
* module_init ::
* The initializing function.
*
* module_done ::
* The finalizing function.
*
* get_interface ::
* The interface requesting function.
*/
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Module
*
* @description:
* Add a new module to a given library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* clazz ::
* A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Module
*
* @description:
* Find a module by its name.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* module_name ::
* The module's name (as an ASCII string).
*
* @return:
* A module handle. 0~if none was found.
*
* @note:
* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you
* should look up the source code for details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Remove_Module
*
* @description:
* Remove a given module from a library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* A handle to a module object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME
*
* @description:
* A macro that retrieves the name of a font driver from a face object.
*
* @note:
* The font driver name is a valid `module_name` for @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. This is not the same as @FT_Get_Font_Format.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
#define FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME( face ) \
( ( *FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( FT_Module_Class**, \
( face )->driver ) )->module_name )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value` is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property 'bar' (a simple integer) in
* module 'foo' to value~1.
*
* ```
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if a
* module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache sub-system
* itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the value
* of the property. The exact definition of `value` is dependent on
* the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property 'baz' (a range) in module 'foo'.
*
* ```
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* ```
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* @description:
* If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is
* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment
* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties for
* more.
*
* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.
*
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
* multiple lines for better readability).
*
* ```
* <optional whitespace>
* <module-name1> ':'
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
* <whitespace>
* <module-name2> ':'
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
* ...
* ```
*
* Example:
*
* ```
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
* cff:no-stem-darkening=0
* ```
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* @description:
* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure
* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Library
* then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply
* decrements the counter.
*
* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that
* reference @FT_Library objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a target library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.2
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Library
*
* @description:
* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a
* given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with
* distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, however,
* that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain valid for the
* life of the @FT_Library object.
*
* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to
* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, and a
* call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to
* initialize the FreeType library.
*
* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a library
* instance.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the original memory object.
*
* @output:
* alibrary ::
* A pointer to handle of a new library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Library
*
* @description:
* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards
* all resource objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_DebugHook_Func
*
* @description:
* A drop-in replacement (or rather a wrapper) for the bytecode or
* charstring interpreter's main loop function.
*
* Its job is essentially
*
* - to activate debug mode to enforce single-stepping,
*
* - to call the main loop function to interpret the next opcode, and
*
* - to show the changed context to the user.
*
* An example for such a main loop function is `TT_RunIns` (declared in
* FreeType's internal header file `src/truetype/ttinterp.h`).
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of a drop-in replacement.
*
* @inout:
* arg ::
* A typeless pointer, to be cast to the main loop function's data
* structure (which depends on the font module). For TrueType fonts
* it is bytecode interpreter's execution context, `TT_ExecContext`,
* which is declared in FreeType's internal header file `tttypes.h`.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of named debug hook indices.
*
* @values:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE::
* This hook index identifies the TrueType bytecode debugger.
*/
#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
* @description:
* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font
* format.
*
* While this is a public API function, an application needs access to
* FreeType's internal header files to do something useful.
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of its usage.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* hook_index ::
* The index of the debug hook. You should use defined enumeration
* macros like @FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE.
*
* debug_hook ::
* The function used to debug the interpreter.
*
* @note:
* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only one (for the
* TrueType interpreter) is defined.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* @description:
* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is
* only useful when you create a library object with @FT_New_Library
* (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is
* implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the
* @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full
* instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this was governed
* by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the
* TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */

204
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
View File

@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmoderr.h
*
* FreeType module error offsets (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.
*
* If the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` in `ftoption.h` is
* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as
* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For
* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x0003, the
* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1303, the error
* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1403, etc.
*
* Note that `FT_Err_Ok`, `TT_Err_Ok`, etc. are always equal to zero,
* including the high byte.
*
* If `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` isn't set, the higher byte of an
* error value is set to zero.
*
* To hide the various `XXX_Err_` prefixes in the source code, FreeType
* provides some macros in `fttypes.h`.
*
* FT_ERR( err )
*
* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the `FT_ERR_PREFIX`
* macro) to `err`. For example, in the BDF module the line
*
* ```
* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );
* ```
*
* expands to
*
* ```
* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;
* ```
*
* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok` directly instead of
* `FT_ERR( Ok )`.
*
* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )
* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )
*
* Compare error code `errcode` with the error `err` for equality and
* inequality, respectively. Example:
*
* ```
* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )
* ...
* ```
*
* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. Of
* course, if module errors are not active, the above example is the
* same as
*
* ```
* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )
* ...
* ```
*
* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )
* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )
*
* Get base error and module error code, respectively.
*
* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily with
* something like
*
* ```
* #undef FTMODERR_H_
* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },
* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int mod_err_offset;
* const char* mod_err_msg
* } ft_mod_errors[] =
*
* #include <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
* ```
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Sdf, 0x1700, "Signed distance field raster module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */

206
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
View File

@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftotval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the
* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the
* OpenType specification.
*
*
*/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* ot_validation
*
* @title:
* OpenType Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate OpenType tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
* @order:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A `NULL` value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */

588
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
View File

@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftoutln.h
*
* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of
* most scalable font formats (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
* @title:
* Outline Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images.
*
* @description:
* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable
* glyph images known as 'outlines'. These can also be measured,
* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
*
* @order:
* FT_Outline
* FT_Outline_New
* FT_Outline_Done
* FT_Outline_Copy
* FT_Outline_Translate
* FT_Outline_Transform
* FT_Outline_Embolden
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
* FT_Outline_Reverse
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
* FT_Outline_Render
* FT_Outline_Decompose
* FT_Outline_Funcs
* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
* FT_Outline_LineToFunc
* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
*
* FT_Orientation
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* FT_OUTLINE_XXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Decompose
*
* @description:
* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual
* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits 'move to'
* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source target.
*
* func_interface ::
* A table of 'emitters', i.e., function pointers called during
* decomposition to indicate path operations.
*
* @inout:
* user ::
* A typeless pointer that is passed to each emitter during the
* decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the
* decomposition.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Degenerate contours, segments, and Bezier arcs may be reported. In
* most cases, it is best to filter these out before using the outline
* for stroking or other path modification purposes (which may cause
* degenerate segments to become non-degenrate and visible, like when
* stroke caps are used or the path is otherwise outset). Some glyph
* outlines may contain deliberate degenerate single points for mark
* attachement.
*
* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also
* (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, you
* should filter this out, too.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new outline of a given size.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated.
* Note however that the new outline will **not** necessarily be
* **freed**, when destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.
*
* numPoints ::
* The maximum number of points within the outline. Must be smaller
* than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).
*
* numContours ::
* The maximum number of contours within the outline. This value must
* be in the range 0 to `numPoints`.
*
* @output:
* anoutline ::
* A handle to the new outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The reason why this function takes a `library` parameter is simply to
* use the library's memory allocator.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the outline's 'owner' field is not set, only the outline descriptor
* will be released.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* @description:
* Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to a source outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also
* valid.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return an outline's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The outline's control box.
*
* @note:
* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Translate
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* xOffset ::
* The horizontal offset.
*
* yOffset ::
* The vertical offset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same
* sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is
* called.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Transform
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for
* applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the transformation matrix.
*
* @note:
* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the
* outline's points.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times
* `strength` pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and
* bottom borders as unchanged.
*
* Negative `strength` values to reduce the outline thickness are
* possible also.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @input:
* strength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph
* doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain
* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled
* incorrectly.
*
* If you need 'better' metrics values you should call
* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.
*
* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with
* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* @example:
* ```
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength` pixels wider
* and `ystrength` pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to
* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both directions.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Reverse
*
* @description:
* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure
* consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @note:
* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the
* outline's `flags` field.
*
* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows
* what it is doing.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply
* OR-ed to the target bitmap.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does **not create** the bitmap, it only renders an
* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the
* various fields in `abitmap` should be set accordingly.
*
* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
*
* The value of the `num_grays` field in `abitmap` is ignored. If you
* select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray
* levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Render
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* params ::
* A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the
* rendering operation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This advanced function uses @FT_Raster_Params as an argument.
* The field `params.source` will be set to `outline` before the scan
* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is
* actually ignored. Either `params.target` must point to preallocated
* bitmap, or @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT must be set in `params.flags`
* allowing FreeType rasterizer to be used for direct composition,
* translucency, etc. See @FT_Raster_Params for more details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be
* filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise
* contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill
* orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating the
* total area covered by the outline. The positive integral corresponds
* to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT is
* returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

218
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftparams.h
View File

@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftparams.h
*
* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2017-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* parameter_tags
*
* @title:
* Parameter Tags
*
* @abstract:
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
*
* @description:
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* family names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version 1.4).
* Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that have a
* four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* subfamily names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
* incremental glyph loading.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_SBIX
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore an 'sbix' table
* while loading a font. Use this if @FT_FACE_FLAG_SBIX is set and you
* want to access the outline glyphs in the font.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_SBIX \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 's', 'b', 'x' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding the
* global default values or the values set up with
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see @random-seed.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
*
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver or
* autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers always
* do, but the autohinter only in 'light' hinting mode (as of version
* 2.9).
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated, no effect.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure
* to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the
* TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
/* END */

179
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
View File

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftpfr.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* pfr_fonts
*
* @title:
* PFR Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* PFR/TrueDoc-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM` for
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution` for
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in
* metrics units to device subpixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale`, but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale` but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* left ::
* Index of the left glyph.
*
* right ::
* Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector ::
* A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units.
* This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode,
* which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale` and `y_scale` parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex ::
* The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance ::
* The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale` or `y_scale` results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */

244
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
View File

@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftrender.h
*
* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
#include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* module_management
*
*/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Render_Mode mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Renderer_Class
*
* @description:
* The renderer module class descriptor.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Module_Class fields.
*
* glyph_format ::
* The glyph image format this renderer handles.
*
* render_glyph ::
* A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into
* a bitmap.
*
* transform_glyph ::
* A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.
*
* get_glyph_cbox ::
* A method used to access the glyph's cbox.
*
* set_mode ::
* A method used to pass additional parameters.
*
* raster_class ::
* For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to
* its raster's class.
*/
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Renderer
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* format ::
* The glyph format.
*
* @return:
* A renderer handle. 0~if none found.
*
* @note:
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
*
* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a
* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Renderer
*
* @description:
* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* renderer ::
* A handle to the renderer object.
*
* num_params ::
* The number of additional parameters.
*
* parameters ::
* Additional parameters.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images
* in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.
*
* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.
*
* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters`; you should
* thus always pass `NULL` as the value.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */

159
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsizes.h
*
* FreeType size objects management (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.
* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases where
* they are needed.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* sizes_management
*
* @title:
* Size Management
*
* @abstract:
* Managing multiple sizes per face.
*
* @description:
* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an @FT_Size
* object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size
* dependent information, available in the `face->size` field.
*
* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly
* in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font
* family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.
*
* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the
* contents of the current 'active' size; you thus need to use
* @FT_Activate_Size to change it.
*
* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially
* if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Size
*
* @description:
* Create a new size object from a given face object.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to a parent face object.
*
* @output:
* asize ::
* A handle to a new size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for
* upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Size
*
* @description:
* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face automatically
* discards all size objects allocated with @FT_New_Size.
*
* @input:
* size ::
* A handle to a target size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Activate_Size
*
* @description:
* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given
* face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like @FT_Load_Glyph or
* @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been activated last to
* determine the 'current character pixel size'.
*
* This function can be used to 'activate' a previously created size
* object.
*
* @input:
* size ::
* A handle to a target size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `face` is the size's parent face object, this function changes the
* value of `face->size` to the input size handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */

272
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
View File

@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsnames.h
*
* Simple interface to access SFNT 'name' tables (which are used
* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).
*
* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* sfnt_names
*
* @title:
* SFNT Names
*
* @abstract:
* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.
*
* @description:
* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of a
* special names table ('name') in font files. This table contains
* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like
* family name, copyright, version, etc.
*
* The definitions below are used to access them if available.
*
* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SfntName
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model an SFNT 'name' table entry.
*
* @fields:
* platform_id ::
* The platform ID for `string`. See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* encoding_id ::
* The encoding ID for `string`. See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,
* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* language_id ::
* The language ID for `string`. See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and
* @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for possible values.
*
* Registered OpenType values for `language_id` are always smaller than
* 0x8000; values equal or larger than 0x8000 usually indicate a
* language tag string (introduced in OpenType version 1.6). Use
* function @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id` as its argument to
* retrieve the associated language tag.
*
* name_id ::
* An identifier for `string`. See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* string ::
* The 'name' string. Note that its format differs depending on the
* (platform,encoding) pair, being either a string of bytes (without a
* terminating `NULL` byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities.
*
* string_len ::
* The length of `string` in bytes.
*
* @note:
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT 'name' table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @return:
* The number of strings in the 'name' table.
*
* @note:
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a string of the SFNT 'name' table for a given index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* idx ::
* The index of the 'name' string.
*
* @output:
* aname ::
* The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `string` array returned in the `aname` structure is not
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
*
* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available
* 'name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform,
* encoding, and name ID.
*
* 'name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SfntLangTag
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT 'name' table.
*
* @fields:
* string ::
* The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE (without trailing
* `NULL` bytes).
*
* string_len ::
* The length of `string` in **bytes**.
*
* @note:
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
* details.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
typedef struct FT_SfntLangTag_
{
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntLangTag;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT
* 'name' table entry.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* langID ::
* The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name. This is always a
* value larger than 0x8000.
*
* @output:
* alangTag ::
* The language tag associated with the 'name' table entry's language
* ID.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `string` array returned in the `alangTag` structure is not
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
*
* Only 'name' table format~1 supports language tags. For format~0
* tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table. For
* invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is
* returned.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt langID,
FT_SfntLangTag *alangTag );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */

773
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
View File

@ -1,773 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstroke.h
*
* FreeType path stroker (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <freetype/ftoutln.h>
#include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph.
* It also allows you to retrieve the 'outside' and/or the 'inside'
* borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate 'bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a colored (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a
* stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used to join
* two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of the joined
* lines is filled by enclosing the triangular region of the corner
* with a straight line between the outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the miter
* limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes for the two
* segments are extended until they meet at an angle. A bevel join
* (see above) is used if the segments meet at too sharp an angle and
* the outer edges meet beyond a distance corresponding to the meter
* limit. This prevents long spikes being created.
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` generates a miter line join as
* used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if the miter
* limit is exceeded. The intersection of the strokes is clipped
* perpendicularly to the bisector, at a distance corresponding to
* the miter limit. This prevents long spikes being created.
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` generates a mitered line join
* as used in XPS. `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER` is an alias for
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE`, retained for backward
* compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in
* a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point
* itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border in
* @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the 'inside' and 'outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* 'left' and 'right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'inside'
* borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'outside'
* borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The maximum reciprocal sine of half-angle at the miter join,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
*
* @note:
* The `radius` is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* The `miter_limit` multiplied by the `radius` gives the maximum size
* of a miter spike, at which it is clipped for
* @FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE or replaced with a bevel join for
* @FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. You should
* call this function before beginning a new series of calls to
* @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker.
* The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like
* @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of
* a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened` is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct 'border' outlines.
*
* If `opened` is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single 'stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not
* stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. If the
* subpath was not 'opened', this function 'draws' a single line segment
* to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from
* the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path, from
* the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
* export one of the 'border' or 'stroke' outlines generated by the
* stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve
* the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the
* corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get
* sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to receive
* all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve
* all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
* export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export all
* borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be `NULL`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
* account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only
* return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside
* border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
* account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

83
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsynth.h
*
* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting
* (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2000-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* 'standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a 'reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */

352
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
View File

@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsystem.h
*
* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* system_interface
*
* @title:
* System Interface
*
* @abstract:
* How FreeType manages memory and i/o.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various definitions related to memory management
* and i/o access. You need to understand this information if you want to
* use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size` bytes from `memory`.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/**************************************************************************
*
* I / O M A N A G E M E N T
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given stream
* object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*` in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation with
* a `count` of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to `NULL` for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*`
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set internally
* by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames. In particular, the `FT_GET_XXX` macros use this instead of
* the `pos` field.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */

350
libs/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
View File

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fttrigon.h
*
* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* computations
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d
* plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `angle2-angle1`.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x` will be `cos(angle)`, and the value of
* `vec.y` will be `sin(angle)`.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */

614
libs/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
View File

@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fttypes.h
*
* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include <freetype/ftsystem.h>
#include <freetype/ftimage.h>
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
* @title:
* Basic Data Types
*
* @abstract:
* The basic data types defined by the library.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,
* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More
* font-specific structures are defined in a different section.
*
* @order:
* FT_Byte
* FT_Bytes
* FT_Char
* FT_Int
* FT_UInt
* FT_Int16
* FT_UInt16
* FT_Int32
* FT_UInt32
* FT_Int64
* FT_UInt64
* FT_Short
* FT_UShort
* FT_Long
* FT_ULong
* FT_Bool
* FT_Offset
* FT_PtrDist
* FT_String
* FT_Tag
* FT_Error
* FT_Fixed
* FT_Pointer
* FT_Pos
* FT_Vector
* FT_BBox
* FT_Matrix
* FT_FWord
* FT_UFWord
* FT_F2Dot14
* FT_UnitVector
* FT_F26Dot6
* FT_Data
*
* FT_MAKE_TAG
*
* FT_Generic
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
*
* FT_Bitmap
* FT_Pixel_Mode
* FT_Palette_Mode
* FT_Glyph_Format
* FT_IMAGE_TAG
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Bool
*
* @description:
* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual,
* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.
*/
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_FWord
*
* @description:
* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
* units.
*/
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UFWord
*
* @description:
* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
* units.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Char
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.
*/
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Byte
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.
*/
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Bytes
*
* @description:
* A typedef for constant memory areas.
*/
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Tag
*
* @description:
* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).
*/
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_String
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.
*/
typedef char FT_String;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Short
*
* @description:
* A typedef for signed short.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UShort
*
* @description:
* A typedef for unsigned short.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int
*
* @description:
* A typedef for the int type.
*/
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt
*
* @description:
* A typedef for the unsigned int type.
*/
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Long
*
* @description:
* A typedef for signed long.
*/
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_ULong
*
* @description:
* A typedef for unsigned long.
*/
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_F2Dot14
*
* @description:
* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors.
*/
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_F26Dot6
*
* @description:
* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.
*/
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Fixed
*
* @description:
* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling
* values or matrix coefficients.
*/
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Error
*
* @description:
* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted as a
* successful operation.
*/
typedef int FT_Error;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Pointer
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.
*/
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Offset
*
* @description:
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t` type, i.e., the largest
* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, or a
* memory block size.
*/
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_PtrDist
*
* @description:
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t` type, i.e., the largest
* _signed_ integer type used to express the distance between two
* pointers.
*/
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_UnitVector
*
* @description:
* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses
* FT_F2Dot14 types.
*
* @fields:
* x ::
* Horizontal coordinate.
*
* y ::
* Vertical coordinate.
*/
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Matrix
*
* @description:
* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are in
* 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is:
*
* ```
* x' = x*xx + y*xy
* y' = x*yx + y*yy
* ```
*
* @fields:
* xx ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* xy ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* yx ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* yy ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*/
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Data
*
* @description:
* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.
*
* @fields:
* pointer ::
* The data.
*
* length ::
* The length of the data in bytes.
*/
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_UInt length;
} FT_Data;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
*
* @description:
* Describe a function used to destroy the 'client' data of any FreeType
* object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for details of
* usage.
*
* @input:
* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. Its
* client data is accessed through its `generic` field.
*/
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void* object );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Generic
*
* @description:
* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a
* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API
* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.
*
* Some FreeType object contains a `generic` field, of type `FT_Generic`,
* which usage is left to client applications and font servers.
*
* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as
* the address of a 'finalizer' function, which will be called by
* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous
* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in
* the `finalizer` field).
*
* @fields:
* data ::
* A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is
* completely ignored by the FreeType library.
*
* finalizer ::
* A pointer to a 'generic finalizer' function, which will be called
* when the object is destroyed. If this field is set to `NULL`, no
* code will be called.
*/
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAKE_TAG
*
* @description:
* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label TrueType
* tables into an `FT_Tag` type, to be used within FreeType.
*
* @note:
* The produced values **must** be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine this
* macro.
*/
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
( ( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x1 ) << 24 ) | \
( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x2 ) << 16 ) | \
( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x3 ) << 8 ) | \
FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x4 ) )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* list_processing
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_ListNode
*
* @description:
* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an @FT_List
* record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a
* handle to a single list element.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_List
*
* @description:
* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).
*/
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_ListNodeRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to hold a single list element.
*
* @fields:
* prev ::
* The previous element in the list. `NULL` if first.
*
* next ::
* The next element in the list. `NULL` if last.
*
* data ::
* A typeless pointer to the listed object.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_ListRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are used
* in many parts of FreeType.
*
* @fields:
* head ::
* The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.
*
* tail ::
* The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) FT_STATIC_CAST( FT_Bool, (x) != 0 )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h` for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

276
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
View File

@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftwinfnt.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.
*
* Copyright (C) 2003-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* winfnt_fonts
*
* @title:
* Window FNT Files
*
* @abstract:
* Windows FNT-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT-specific
* functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset` byte in @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.
* Exact mapping tables for the various 'cpXXXX' encodings (except for
* 'cp1361') can be found at 'ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/' in the
* `MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS` subdirectory. 'cp1361' is roughly a
* superset of `MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT`.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a 'don't
* care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. When
* querying for information about the character set of the font that is
* currently selected into a specified device context, this return
* value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The 'Windows Font Mapping' article says that `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` is
* used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon`,
* `roman.fon`, and `script.fon` on Windows.
*
* The 'CreateFont' documentation says: The `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The 'IFIMETRICS' documentation from the 'Windows Driver Development
* Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set. The
* OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., 'cp1252'), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of Windows
* have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/intl/code-page-identifiers
* ,
*
* and is used for the 'DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. A
* German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252
* and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different ordering
* and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
*
* @description:
* Windows FNT Header info.
*/
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.
*/
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader ::
* The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

336
libs/freetype/include/freetype/otsvg.h
View File

@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* otsvg.h
*
* Interface for OT-SVG support related things (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg, and Moazin Khatti.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef OTSVG_H_
#define OTSVG_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* svg_fonts
*
* @title:
* OpenType SVG Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* OT-SVG API between FreeType and an external SVG rendering library.
*
* @description:
* This section describes the four hooks necessary to render SVG
* 'documents' that are contained in an OpenType font's 'SVG~' table.
*
* For more information on the implementation, see our standard hooks
* based on 'librsvg' in the [FreeType Demo
* Programs](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype-demos)
* repository.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Init_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called when the first OT-SVG glyph is rendered in
* the lifetime of an @FT_Library object. In a typical implementation,
* one would want to allocate a structure and point the `data_pointer`
* to it and perform any library initializations that might be needed.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Init_Func)( FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called when the `ot-svg` module is being freed.
* It is only called if the init hook was called earlier. This means
* that neither the init nor the free hook is called if no OT-SVG glyph
* is rendered.
*
* In a typical implementation, one would want to free any state
* structure that was allocated in the init hook and perform any
* library-related closure that might be needed.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef void
(*SVG_Lib_Free_Func)( FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Render_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called to render an OT-SVG glyph. This callback
* hook is called right after the preset hook @SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func
* has been called with `cache` set to `TRUE`. The data necessary to
* render is available through the handle @FT_SVG_Document, which is set
* in the `other` field of @FT_GlyphSlotRec.
*
* The render hook is expected to render the SVG glyph to the bitmap
* buffer that is allocated already at `slot->bitmap.buffer`. It also
* sets the `num_grays` value as well as `slot->format`.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The slot to render.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Render_Func)( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called to preset the glyph slot. It is called from
* two places.
*
* 1. When `FT_Load_Glyph` needs to preset the glyph slot.
*
* 2. Right before the `svg` module calls the render callback hook.
*
* When it is the former, the argument `cache` is set to `FALSE`. When
* it is the latter, the argument `cache` is set to `TRUE`. This
* distinction has been made because many calculations that are necessary
* for presetting a glyph slot are the same needed later for the render
* callback hook. Thus, if `cache` is `TRUE`, the hook can _cache_ those
* calculations in a memory block referenced by the state pointer.
*
* This hook is expected to preset the slot by setting parameters such as
* `bitmap_left`, `bitmap_top`, `width`, `rows`, `pitch`, and
* `pixel_mode`. It is also expected to set all the metrics for the slot
* including the vertical advance if it is not already set. Typically,
* fonts have horizontal advances but not vertical ones. If those are
* available, they had already been set, otherwise they have to be
* estimated and set manually. The hook must take into account the
* transformations that have been set, and translate the transformation
* matrices into the SVG coordinate system, as the original matrix is
* intended for the TTF/CFF coordinate system.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The glyph slot that has the SVG document loaded.
*
* cache ::
* See description.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func)( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Bool cache,
FT_Pointer *state );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* SVG_RendererHooks
*
* @description:
* A structure that stores the four hooks needed to render OT-SVG glyphs
* properly. The structure is publicly used to set the hooks via the
* @svg-hooks driver property.
*
* The behavior of each hook is described in its documentation. One
* thing to note is that the preset hook and the render hook often need
* to do the same operations; therefore, it's better to cache the
* intermediate data in a state structure to avoid calculating it twice.
* For example, in the preset hook one can draw the glyph on a recorder
* surface and later create a bitmap surface from it in the render hook.
*
* All four hooks must be non-NULL.
*
* @fields:
* init_svg ::
* The initialization hook.
*
* free_svg ::
* The cleanup hook.
*
* render_hook ::
* The render hook.
*
* preset_slot ::
* The preset hook.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct SVG_RendererHooks_
{
SVG_Lib_Init_Func init_svg;
SVG_Lib_Free_Func free_svg;
SVG_Lib_Render_Func render_svg;
SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func preset_slot;
} SVG_RendererHooks;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SVG_DocumentRec
*
* @description:
* A structure that models one SVG document.
*
* @fields:
* svg_document ::
* A pointer to the SVG document.
*
* svg_document_length ::
* The length of `svg_document`.
*
* metrics ::
* A metrics object storing the size information.
*
* units_per_EM ::
* The size of the EM square.
*
* start_glyph_id ::
* The first glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* end_glyph_id ::
* The last glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* transform ::
* A 2x2 transformation matrix to apply to the glyph while rendering
* it.
*
* delta ::
* The translation to apply to the glyph while rendering.
*
* @note:
* When an @FT_GlyphSlot object `slot` is passed down to a renderer, the
* renderer can only access the `metrics` and `units_per_EM` fields via
* `slot->face`. However, when @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap sets up a dummy
* object, it has no way to set a `face` object. Thus, metrics
* information and `units_per_EM` (which is necessary for OT-SVG) has to
* be stored separately.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SVG_DocumentRec_
{
FT_Byte* svg_document;
FT_ULong svg_document_length;
FT_Size_Metrics metrics;
FT_UShort units_per_EM;
FT_UShort start_glyph_id;
FT_UShort end_glyph_id;
FT_Matrix transform;
FT_Vector delta;
} FT_SVG_DocumentRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_SVG_Document
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_SVG_DocumentRec object.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SVG_DocumentRec_* FT_SVG_Document;
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* OTSVG_H_ */
/* END */

793
libs/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
View File

@ -1,793 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* t1tables.h
*
* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* type1_tables
*
* @title:
* Type 1 Tables
*
* @abstract:
* Type~1-specific font tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the definition of Type~1-specific tables,
* including structures related to other PostScript font formats.
*
* @order:
* PS_FontInfoRec
* PS_FontInfo
* PS_PrivateRec
* PS_Private
*
* CID_FaceDictRec
* CID_FaceDict
* CID_FaceInfoRec
* CID_FaceInfo
*
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* T1_Blend_Flags
* T1_EncodingType
* PS_Dict_Keys
*
*/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_FontInfoRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.
* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own
* FontInfo dictionary.
*/
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_FontInfo
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.
*/
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* T1_FontInfo
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_PrivateRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. Note
* that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private
* dictionary.
*/
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_Private
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.
*/
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* T1_Private
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* T1_Blend_Flags
*
* @description:
* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given
* blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support Multiple
* Masters fonts.
*
* @values:
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES ::
* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH ::
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT ::
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS ::
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT ::
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD ::
*/
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags` values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceDictRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. In
* most cases, they are part of the font's '/FDArray' array. Within a
* CID font file, such (internal) subfont dictionaries are enclosed by
* '%ADOBeginFontDict' and '%ADOEndFontDict' comments.
*
* Note that `CID_FaceDictRec` misses a field for the '/FontName'
* keyword, specifying the subfont's name (the top-level font name is
* given by the '/CIDFontName' keyword). This is an oversight, but it
* doesn't limit the 'cid' font module's functionality because FreeType
* neither needs this entry nor gives access to CID subfonts.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor; /* this is a duplicate of */
/* `private_dict->expansion_factor' */
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_UInt sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceDict
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FontDict
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but
* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of
* FreeType.
*/
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceInfoRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to represent CID Face information.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_UInt fd_bytes;
FT_UInt gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_UInt num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceInfo
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_Info
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph names.
* This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that
* certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* A pointer to a @PS_FontInfoRec object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by the
* face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries in the
* font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by `NULL` pointers.
*
* The following font formats support this feature: 'Type~1', 'Type~42',
* 'CFF', 'CID~Type~1'. For other font formats this function returns the
* `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
*
* @example:
* ```
* PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
*
*
* error = FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( face, &font_info );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* A pointer to a @PS_PrivateRec object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* Only the 'Type~1' font format supports this feature. For other font
* formats this function returns the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error
* code.
*
* @example:
* ```
* PS_PrivateRec font_private;
*
*
* error = FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( face, &font_private );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* T1_EncodingType
*
* @description:
* An enumeration describing the 'Encoding' entry in a Type 1 dictionary.
*
* @values:
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT ::
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*/
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* PS_Dict_Keys
*
* @description:
* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify the
* Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve.
*
* @values:
* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX ::
* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS ::
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY ::
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING ::
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS ::
* PS_DICT_SUBR ::
* PS_DICT_STD_HW ::
* PS_DICT_STD_VW ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H ::
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V ::
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V ::
* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD ::
* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP ::
* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE ::
* PS_DICT_LEN_IV ::
* PS_DICT_PASSWORD ::
* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP ::
* PS_DICT_VERSION ::
* PS_DICT_NOTICE ::
* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_WEIGHT ::
* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH ::
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*/
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested value
* (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are 'fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* 'read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value` is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value` is `NULL` or `value_len` is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx` parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* `PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE` returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by 65536000.0
* (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, ND,
* and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */

1235
libs/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

855
libs/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
View File

@ -1,855 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* tttables.h
*
* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface
* (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_tables
*
* @title:
* TrueType Tables
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType-specific table types and functions.
*
* @description:
* This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to
* TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and
* process them.
*
* @order:
* TT_Header
* TT_HoriHeader
* TT_VertHeader
* TT_OS2
* TT_Postscript
* TT_PCLT
* TT_MaxProfile
*
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
*
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_Header
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType font header table. All fields follow
* the OpenType specification. The 64-bit timestamps are stored in
* two-element arrays `Created` and `Modified`, first the upper then
* the lower 32~bits.
*/
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_ULong Created [2];
FT_ULong Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_HoriHeader
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the 'hhea' table,
* as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, 'hmtx'.
*
* @fields:
* Version ::
* The table version.
*
* Ascender ::
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
* if you want the correct one.
*
* Descender ::
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
* instead if you want the correct one.
*
* Line_Gap ::
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
* for the font.
*
* advance_Width_Max ::
* This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font.
* It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string
* of text.
*
* min_Left_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* min_Right_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* xMax_Extent ::
* The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the 'width' of a glyph's
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
*
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
* (slope=rise/run).
*
* caret_Slope_Run ::
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
*
* caret_Offset ::
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
*
* Reserved ::
* 8~reserved bytes.
*
* metric_Data_Format ::
* Always~0.
*
* number_Of_HMetrics ::
* Number of HMetrics entries in the 'hmtx' table -- this value can be
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
*
* long_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
*
* short_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise`,
* `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
*/
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* 'hmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_VertHeader
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the 'vhea'
* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, 'vmtx'.
*
* @fields:
* Version ::
* The table version.
*
* Ascender ::
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
* if you want the correct one.
*
* Descender ::
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
* instead if you want the correct one.
*
* Line_Gap ::
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
* for the font.
*
* advance_Height_Max ::
* This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font.
* It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string
* of text.
*
* min_Top_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* yMax_Extent ::
* The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the 'height' of a glyph's
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
*
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
* (slope=rise/run).
*
* caret_Slope_Run ::
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
*
* caret_Offset ::
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
*
* Reserved ::
* 8~reserved bytes.
*
* metric_Data_Format ::
* Always~0.
*
* number_Of_VMetrics ::
* Number of VMetrics entries in the 'vmtx' table -- this value can be
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
*
* long_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
*
* short_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `Ascender`, `Descender`,
* `Line_Gap`, `caret_Slope_Rise`, `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
*/
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* 'vmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_OS2
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'OS/2' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification.
*
* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an 'OS/2'
* table. In this case, the `version` field is always set to 0xFFFF.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `sCapHeight`, `sTypoAscender`,
* `sTypoDescender`, `sTypoLineGap`, `sxHeight`, `usWinAscent`,
* `usWinDescent`, `yStrikeoutPosition`, `yStrikeoutSize`,
* `ySubscriptXOffset`, `ySubScriptXSize`, `ySubscriptYOffset`,
* `ySubscriptYSize`, `ySuperscriptXOffset`, `ySuperscriptXSize`,
* `ySuperscriptYOffset`, and `ySuperscriptYSize`.
*
* Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX` fields are given by
* the @TT_UCR_XXX macros.
*/
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_Postscript
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'post' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification. This structure does not reference a
* font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to retrieve
* them.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `underlinePosition` and
* `underlineThickness`.
*/
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the 'post' table, but we don't */
/* load them by default. */
} TT_Postscript;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_PCLT
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'PCLT' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification.
*/
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_MaxProfile
*
* @description:
* The maximum profile ('maxp') table contains many max values, which can
* be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading and
* hinting.
*
* @fields:
* version ::
* The version number.
*
* numGlyphs ::
* The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.
*
* maxPoints ::
* The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxCompositePoints`.
*
* maxContours ::
* The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph.
* See also `maxCompositeContours`.
*
* maxCompositePoints ::
* The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxPoints`.
*
* maxCompositeContours ::
* The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxContours`.
*
* maxZones ::
* The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.
*
* maxTwilightPoints ::
* The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph
* hinting.
*
* maxStorage ::
* The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph
* hinting.
*
* maxFunctionDefs ::
* The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode
* for this font.
*
* maxInstructionDefs ::
* The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType
* bytecode for this font.
*
* maxStackElements ::
* The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode
* interpretation.
*
* maxSizeOfInstructions ::
* The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.
*
* maxComponentElements ::
* The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-composite) glyphs in a
* composite glyph.
*
* maxComponentDepth ::
* The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.
*
* @note:
* This structure is only used during font loading.
*/
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
*
* @description:
* An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed by
* FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font. Used in the
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.
*
* @values:
* FT_SFNT_HEAD ::
* To access the font's @TT_Header structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_MAXP ::
* To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_OS2 ::
* To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_HHEA ::
* To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_VHEA ::
* To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_POST ::
* To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_PCLT ::
* To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure.
*/
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag` */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source.
*
* tag ::
* The index of the SFNT table.
*
* @return:
* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be `NULL` in case of
* error, or if the corresponding table was not found **OR** loaded from
* the file.
*
* Use a typecast according to `tag` to access the structure elements.
*
* @note:
* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.
*
* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by
* the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for a
* list.
*
* @example:
* Here is an example demonstrating access to the 'vhea' table.
*
* ```
* TT_VertHeader* vert_header;
*
*
* vert_header =
* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any SFNT font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use value~0 if you want to
* access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length` parameter is `NULL`, try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length` is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length` set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* ```
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* ```
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is `NULL`,
* `table_index` is ignored, and `length` returns the number of SFNT
* tables in the font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables,
* depending on `tag`).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
*
* @description:
* Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard.
* Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.
*
* @input:
* charmap ::
* The target charmap.
*
* @return:
* The language ID of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT
* face, just return~0 as the default value.
*
* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is
* 0xFFFFFFFF.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
*
* @description:
* Return the format of an SFNT 'cmap' table.
*
* @input:
* charmap ::
* The target charmap.
*
* @return:
* The format of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT face,
* return -1.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */

124
libs/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
View File

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* tttags.h
*
* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CFF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_COLR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'O', 'L', 'R' )
#define TTAG_CPAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'P', 'A', 'L' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_HVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_MVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_SVG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'V', 'G', ' ' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_VVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
#define TTAG_wOF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', '2' )
/* used by "Keyboard.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5kbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )
/* used by "LastResort.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5lst FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */

42
libs/freetype/include/ft2build.h
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ft2build.h
*
* FreeType 2 build and setup macros.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2022 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This is the 'entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions, to be
* loaded before all other header files.
*
* A typical example is
*
* ```
* #include <ft2build.h>
* #include <freetype/freetype.h>
* ```
*
*/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

BIN
libs/freetype/win64/freetype.lib
View File

Binary file not shown.

22
libs/glfw/COPYING.txt
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
Copyright (c) 2002-2006 Marcus Geelnard
Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Camilla Berglund <elmindreda@elmindreda.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would
be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not
be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.

4227
libs/glfw/include/GLFW/glfw3.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

456
libs/glfw/include/GLFW/glfw3native.h
View File

@ -1,456 +0,0 @@
/*************************************************************************
* GLFW 3.2 - www.glfw.org
* A library for OpenGL, window and input
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 Marcus Geelnard
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Camilla Berglund <elmindreda@elmindreda.org>
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
*
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
*
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would
* be appreciated but is not required.
*
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not
* be misrepresented as being the original software.
*
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
* distribution.
*
*************************************************************************/
#ifndef _glfw3_native_h_
#define _glfw3_native_h_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*************************************************************************
* Doxygen documentation
*************************************************************************/
/*! @file glfw3native.h
* @brief The header of the native access functions.
*
* This is the header file of the native access functions. See @ref native for
* more information.
*/
/*! @defgroup native Native access
*
* **By using the native access functions you assert that you know what you're
* doing and how to fix problems caused by using them. If you don't, you
* shouldn't be using them.**
*
* Before the inclusion of @ref glfw3native.h, you may define exactly one
* window system API macro and zero or more context creation API macros.
*
* The chosen backends must match those the library was compiled for. Failure
* to do this will cause a link-time error.
*
* The available window API macros are:
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_X11`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WAYLAND`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_MIR`
*
* The available context API macros are:
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WGL`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_NSGL`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_GLX`
* * `GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_EGL`
*
* These macros select which of the native access functions that are declared
* and which platform-specific headers to include. It is then up your (by
* definition platform-specific) code to handle which of these should be
* defined.
*/
/*************************************************************************
* System headers and types
*************************************************************************/
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32)
// This is a workaround for the fact that glfw3.h needs to export APIENTRY (for
// example to allow applications to correctly declare a GL_ARB_debug_output
// callback) but windows.h assumes no one will define APIENTRY before it does
#undef APIENTRY
#include <windows.h>
#elif defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA)
#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
#if defined(__OBJC__)
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
#else
typedef void* id;
#endif
#elif defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_X11)
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/extensions/Xrandr.h>
#elif defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WAYLAND)
#include <wayland-client.h>
#elif defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_MIR)
#include <mir_toolkit/mir_client_library.h>
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WGL)
/* WGL is declared by windows.h */
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_NSGL)
/* NSGL is declared by Cocoa.h */
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_GLX)
#include <GL/glx.h>
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_EGL)
#include <EGL/egl.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
* Functions
*************************************************************************/
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32)
/*! @brief Returns the adapter device name of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The UTF-8 encoded adapter device name (for example `\\.\DISPLAY1`)
* of the specified monitor, or `NULL` if an [error](@ref error_handling)
* occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.1.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI const char* glfwGetWin32Adapter(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the display device name of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The UTF-8 encoded display device name (for example
* `\\.\DISPLAY1\Monitor0`) of the specified monitor, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.1.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI const char* glfwGetWin32Monitor(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the `HWND` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `HWND` of the specified window, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI HWND glfwGetWin32Window(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WGL)
/*! @brief Returns the `HGLRC` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `HGLRC` of the specified window, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI HGLRC glfwGetWGLContext(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA)
/*! @brief Returns the `CGDirectDisplayID` of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The `CGDirectDisplayID` of the specified monitor, or
* `kCGNullDirectDisplay` if an [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.1.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI CGDirectDisplayID glfwGetCocoaMonitor(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the `NSWindow` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `NSWindow` of the specified window, or `nil` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI id glfwGetCocoaWindow(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_NSGL)
/*! @brief Returns the `NSOpenGLContext` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `NSOpenGLContext` of the specified window, or `nil` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI id glfwGetNSGLContext(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_X11)
/*! @brief Returns the `Display` used by GLFW.
*
* @return The `Display` used by GLFW, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI Display* glfwGetX11Display(void);
/*! @brief Returns the `RRCrtc` of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The `RRCrtc` of the specified monitor, or `None` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.1.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI RRCrtc glfwGetX11Adapter(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the `RROutput` of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The `RROutput` of the specified monitor, or `None` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.1.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI RROutput glfwGetX11Monitor(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the `Window` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `Window` of the specified window, or `None` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI Window glfwGetX11Window(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_GLX)
/*! @brief Returns the `GLXContext` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `GLXContext` of the specified window, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI GLXContext glfwGetGLXContext(GLFWwindow* window);
/*! @brief Returns the `GLXWindow` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `GLXWindow` of the specified window, or `None` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI GLXWindow glfwGetGLXWindow(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WAYLAND)
/*! @brief Returns the `struct wl_display*` used by GLFW.
*
* @return The `struct wl_display*` used by GLFW, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI struct wl_display* glfwGetWaylandDisplay(void);
/*! @brief Returns the `struct wl_output*` of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The `struct wl_output*` of the specified monitor, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI struct wl_output* glfwGetWaylandMonitor(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the main `struct wl_surface*` of the specified window.
*
* @return The main `struct wl_surface*` of the specified window, or `NULL` if
* an [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI struct wl_surface* glfwGetWaylandWindow(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_MIR)
/*! @brief Returns the `MirConnection*` used by GLFW.
*
* @return The `MirConnection*` used by GLFW, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI MirConnection* glfwGetMirDisplay(void);
/*! @brief Returns the Mir output ID of the specified monitor.
*
* @return The Mir output ID of the specified monitor, or zero if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI int glfwGetMirMonitor(GLFWmonitor* monitor);
/*! @brief Returns the `MirSurface*` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `MirSurface*` of the specified window, or `NULL` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.2.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI MirSurface* glfwGetMirWindow(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#if defined(GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_EGL)
/*! @brief Returns the `EGLDisplay` used by GLFW.
*
* @return The `EGLDisplay` used by GLFW, or `EGL_NO_DISPLAY` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI EGLDisplay glfwGetEGLDisplay(void);
/*! @brief Returns the `EGLContext` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `EGLContext` of the specified window, or `EGL_NO_CONTEXT` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI EGLContext glfwGetEGLContext(GLFWwindow* window);
/*! @brief Returns the `EGLSurface` of the specified window.
*
* @return The `EGLSurface` of the specified window, or `EGL_NO_SURFACE` if an
* [error](@ref error_handling) occurred.
*
* @thread_safety This function may be called from any thread. Access is not
* synchronized.
*
* @since Added in version 3.0.
*
* @ingroup native
*/
GLFWAPI EGLSurface glfwGetEGLSurface(GLFWwindow* window);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _glfw3_native_h_ */

BIN
libs/glfw/lib-vc2010-32/glfw3.lib
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
libs/glfw/lib-vc2010-64/glfw3.lib
View File

Binary file not shown.

8
libs/usynergy/README.txt
View File

@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
uSynergy client -- Implementation for the embedded Synergy client library
version 1.0.0, July 7th, 2012
Copyright (c) 2012 Alex Evans
This is a copy of the files once found at:
https://github.com/symless/synergy-core/tree/790d108a56ada9caad8e56ff777d444485a69da9/src/micro

636
libs/usynergy/uSynergy.c
View File

@ -1,636 +0,0 @@
/*
uSynergy client -- Implementation for the embedded Synergy client library
version 1.0.0, July 7th, 2012
Copyright (c) 2012 Alex Evans
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
*/
#include "uSynergy.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Internal helpers
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Read 16 bit integer in network byte order and convert to native byte order
**/
static int16_t sNetToNative16(const unsigned char *value)
{
#ifdef USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN
return value[1] | (value[0] << 8);
#else
return value[0] | (value[1] << 8);
#endif
}
/**
@brief Read 32 bit integer in network byte order and convert to native byte order
**/
static int32_t sNetToNative32(const unsigned char *value)
{
#ifdef USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN
return value[3] | (value[2] << 8) | (value[1] << 16) | (value[0] << 24);
#else
return value[0] | (value[1] << 8) | (value[2] << 16) | (value[3] << 24);
#endif
}
/**
@brief Trace text to client
**/
static void sTrace(uSynergyContext *context, const char* text)
{
// Don't trace if we don't have a trace function
if (context->m_traceFunc != 0L)
context->m_traceFunc(context->m_cookie, text);
}
/**
@brief Add string to reply packet
**/
static void sAddString(uSynergyContext *context, const char *string)
{
size_t len = strlen(string);
memcpy(context->m_replyCur, string, len);
context->m_replyCur += len;
}
/**
@brief Add uint8 to reply packet
**/
static void sAddUInt8(uSynergyContext *context, uint8_t value)
{
*context->m_replyCur++ = value;
}
/**
@brief Add uint16 to reply packet
**/
static void sAddUInt16(uSynergyContext *context, uint16_t value)
{
uint8_t *reply = context->m_replyCur;
*reply++ = (uint8_t)(value >> 8);
*reply++ = (uint8_t)value;
context->m_replyCur = reply;
}
/**
@brief Add uint32 to reply packet
**/
static void sAddUInt32(uSynergyContext *context, uint32_t value)
{
uint8_t *reply = context->m_replyCur;
*reply++ = (uint8_t)(value >> 24);
*reply++ = (uint8_t)(value >> 16);
*reply++ = (uint8_t)(value >> 8);
*reply++ = (uint8_t)value;
context->m_replyCur = reply;
}
/**
@brief Send reply packet
**/
static uSynergyBool sSendReply(uSynergyContext *context)
{
// Set header size
uint8_t *reply_buf = context->m_replyBuffer;
uint32_t reply_len = (uint32_t)(context->m_replyCur - reply_buf); /* Total size of reply */
uint32_t body_len = reply_len - 4; /* Size of body */
uSynergyBool ret;
reply_buf[0] = (uint8_t)(body_len >> 24);
reply_buf[1] = (uint8_t)(body_len >> 16);
reply_buf[2] = (uint8_t)(body_len >> 8);
reply_buf[3] = (uint8_t)body_len;
// Send reply
ret = context->m_sendFunc(context->m_cookie, context->m_replyBuffer, reply_len);
// Reset reply buffer write pointer
context->m_replyCur = context->m_replyBuffer+4;
return ret;
}
/**
@brief Call mouse callback after a mouse event
**/
static void sSendMouseCallback(uSynergyContext *context)
{
// Skip if no callback is installed
if (context->m_mouseCallback == 0L)
return;
// Send callback
context->m_mouseCallback(context->m_cookie, context->m_mouseX, context->m_mouseY, context->m_mouseWheelX,
context->m_mouseWheelY, context->m_mouseButtonLeft, context->m_mouseButtonRight, context->m_mouseButtonMiddle);
}
/**
@brief Send keyboard callback when a key has been pressed or released
**/
static void sSendKeyboardCallback(uSynergyContext *context, uint16_t key, uint16_t modifiers, uSynergyBool down, uSynergyBool repeat)
{
// Skip if no callback is installed
if (context->m_keyboardCallback == 0L)
return;
// Send callback
context->m_keyboardCallback(context->m_cookie, key, modifiers, down, repeat);
}
/**
@brief Send joystick callback
**/
static void sSendJoystickCallback(uSynergyContext *context, uint8_t joyNum)
{
int8_t *sticks;
// Skip if no callback is installed
if (context->m_joystickCallback == 0L)
return;
// Send callback
sticks = context->m_joystickSticks[joyNum];
context->m_joystickCallback(context->m_cookie, joyNum, context->m_joystickButtons[joyNum], sticks[0], sticks[1], sticks[2], sticks[3]);
}
/**
@brief Parse a single client message, update state, send callbacks and send replies
**/
#define USYNERGY_IS_PACKET(pkt_id) memcmp(message+4, pkt_id, 4)==0
static void sProcessMessage(uSynergyContext *context, const uint8_t *message)
{
// We have a packet!
if (memcmp(message+4, "Synergy", 7)==0)
{
// Welcome message
// kMsgHello = "Synergy%2i%2i"
// kMsgHelloBack = "Synergy%2i%2i%s"
sAddString(context, "Synergy");
sAddUInt16(context, USYNERGY_PROTOCOL_MAJOR);
sAddUInt16(context, USYNERGY_PROTOCOL_MINOR);
sAddUInt32(context, (uint32_t)strlen(context->m_clientName));
sAddString(context, context->m_clientName);
if (!sSendReply(context))
{
// Send reply failed, let's try to reconnect
sTrace(context, "SendReply failed, trying to reconnect in a second");
context->m_connected = USYNERGY_FALSE;
context->m_sleepFunc(context->m_cookie, 1000);
}
else
{
// Let's assume we're connected
char buffer[256+1];
sprintf(buffer, "Connected as client \"%s\"", context->m_clientName);
sTrace(context, buffer);
context->m_hasReceivedHello = USYNERGY_TRUE;
}
return;
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("QINF"))
{
// Screen info. Reply with DINF
// kMsgQInfo = "QINF"
// kMsgDInfo = "DINF%2i%2i%2i%2i%2i%2i%2i"
uint16_t x = 0, y = 0, warp = 0;
sAddString(context, "DINF");
sAddUInt16(context, x);
sAddUInt16(context, y);
sAddUInt16(context, context->m_clientWidth);
sAddUInt16(context, context->m_clientHeight);
sAddUInt16(context, warp);
sAddUInt16(context, 0); // mx?
sAddUInt16(context, 0); // my?
sSendReply(context);
return;
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("CIAK"))
{
// Do nothing?
// kMsgCInfoAck = "CIAK"
return;
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("CROP"))
{
// Do nothing?
// kMsgCResetOptions = "CROP"
return;
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("CINN"))
{
// Screen enter. Reply with CNOP
// kMsgCEnter = "CINN%2i%2i%4i%2i"
// Obtain the Synergy sequence number
context->m_sequenceNumber = sNetToNative32(message + 12);
context->m_isCaptured = USYNERGY_TRUE;
// Call callback
if (context->m_screenActiveCallback != 0L)
context->m_screenActiveCallback(context->m_cookie, USYNERGY_TRUE);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("COUT"))
{
// Screen leave
// kMsgCLeave = "COUT"
context->m_isCaptured = USYNERGY_FALSE;
// Call callback
if (context->m_screenActiveCallback != 0L)
context->m_screenActiveCallback(context->m_cookie, USYNERGY_FALSE);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DMDN"))
{
// Mouse down
// kMsgDMouseDown = "DMDN%1i"
char btn = message[8]-1;
if (btn==2)
context->m_mouseButtonRight = USYNERGY_TRUE;
else if (btn==1)
context->m_mouseButtonMiddle = USYNERGY_TRUE;
else
context->m_mouseButtonLeft = USYNERGY_TRUE;
sSendMouseCallback(context);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DMUP"))
{
// Mouse up
// kMsgDMouseUp = "DMUP%1i"
char btn = message[8]-1;
if (btn==2)
context->m_mouseButtonRight = USYNERGY_FALSE;
else if (btn==1)
context->m_mouseButtonMiddle = USYNERGY_FALSE;
else
context->m_mouseButtonLeft = USYNERGY_FALSE;
sSendMouseCallback(context);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DMMV"))
{
// Mouse move. Reply with CNOP
// kMsgDMouseMove = "DMMV%2i%2i"
context->m_mouseX = sNetToNative16(message+8);
context->m_mouseY = sNetToNative16(message+10);
sSendMouseCallback(context);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DMWM"))
{
// Mouse wheel
// kMsgDMouseWheel = "DMWM%2i%2i"
// kMsgDMouseWheel1_0 = "DMWM%2i"
context->m_mouseWheelX += sNetToNative16(message+8);
context->m_mouseWheelY += sNetToNative16(message+10);
sSendMouseCallback(context);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DKDN"))
{
// Key down
// kMsgDKeyDown = "DKDN%2i%2i%2i"
// kMsgDKeyDown1_0 = "DKDN%2i%2i"
//uint16_t id = sNetToNative16(message+8);
uint16_t mod = sNetToNative16(message+10);
uint16_t key = sNetToNative16(message+12);
sSendKeyboardCallback(context, key, mod, USYNERGY_TRUE, USYNERGY_FALSE);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DKRP"))
{
// Key repeat
// kMsgDKeyRepeat = "DKRP%2i%2i%2i%2i"
// kMsgDKeyRepeat1_0 = "DKRP%2i%2i%2i"
uint16_t mod = sNetToNative16(message+10);
// uint16_t count = sNetToNative16(message+12);
uint16_t key = sNetToNative16(message+14);
sSendKeyboardCallback(context, key, mod, USYNERGY_TRUE, USYNERGY_TRUE);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DKUP"))
{
// Key up
// kMsgDKeyUp = "DKUP%2i%2i%2i"
// kMsgDKeyUp1_0 = "DKUP%2i%2i"
//uint16 id=Endian::sNetToNative(sbuf[4]);
uint16_t mod = sNetToNative16(message+10);
uint16_t key = sNetToNative16(message+12);
sSendKeyboardCallback(context, key, mod, USYNERGY_FALSE, USYNERGY_FALSE);
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DGBT"))
{
// Joystick buttons
// kMsgDGameButtons = "DGBT%1i%2i";
uint8_t joy_num = message[8];
if (joy_num<USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS)
{
// Copy button state, then send callback
context->m_joystickButtons[joy_num] = (message[9] << 8) | message[10];
sSendJoystickCallback(context, joy_num);
}
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DGST"))
{
// Joystick sticks
// kMsgDGameSticks = "DGST%1i%1i%1i%1i%1i";
uint8_t joy_num = message[8];
if (joy_num<USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS)
{
// Copy stick state, then send callback
memcpy(context->m_joystickSticks[joy_num], message+9, 4);
sSendJoystickCallback(context, joy_num);
}
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DSOP"))
{
// Set options
// kMsgDSetOptions = "DSOP%4I"
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("CALV"))
{
// Keepalive, reply with CALV and then CNOP
// kMsgCKeepAlive = "CALV"
sAddString(context, "CALV");
sSendReply(context);
// now reply with CNOP
}
else if (USYNERGY_IS_PACKET("DCLP"))
{
// Clipboard message
// kMsgDClipboard = "DCLP%1i%4i%s"
//
// The clipboard message contains:
// 1 uint32: The size of the message
// 4 chars: The identifier ("DCLP")
// 1 uint8: The clipboard index
// 1 uint32: The sequence number. It's zero, because this message is always coming from the server?
// 1 uint32: The total size of the remaining 'string' (as per the Synergy %s string format (which is 1 uint32 for size followed by a char buffer (not necessarily null terminated)).
// 1 uint32: The number of formats present in the message
// And then 'number of formats' times the following:
// 1 uint32: The format of the clipboard data
// 1 uint32: The size n of the clipboard data
// n uint8: The clipboard data
const uint8_t * parse_msg = message+17;
uint32_t num_formats = sNetToNative32(parse_msg);
parse_msg += 4;
for (; num_formats; num_formats--)
{
// Parse clipboard format header
uint32_t format = sNetToNative32(parse_msg);
uint32_t size = sNetToNative32(parse_msg+4);
parse_msg += 8;
// Call callback
if (context->m_clipboardCallback)
context->m_clipboardCallback(context->m_cookie, format, parse_msg, size);
parse_msg += size;
}
}
else
{
// Unknown packet, could be any of these
// kMsgCNoop = "CNOP"
// kMsgCClose = "CBYE"
// kMsgCClipboard = "CCLP%1i%4i"
// kMsgCScreenSaver = "CSEC%1i"
// kMsgDKeyRepeat = "DKRP%2i%2i%2i%2i"
// kMsgDKeyRepeat1_0 = "DKRP%2i%2i%2i"
// kMsgDMouseRelMove = "DMRM%2i%2i"
// kMsgEIncompatible = "EICV%2i%2i"
// kMsgEBusy = "EBSY"
// kMsgEUnknown = "EUNK"
// kMsgEBad = "EBAD"
char buffer[64];
sprintf(buffer, "Unknown packet '%c%c%c%c'", message[4], message[5], message[6], message[7]);
sTrace(context, buffer);
return;
}
// Reply with CNOP maybe?
sAddString(context, "CNOP");
sSendReply(context);
}
#undef USYNERGY_IS_PACKET
/**
@brief Mark context as being disconnected
**/
static void sSetDisconnected(uSynergyContext *context)
{
context->m_connected = USYNERGY_FALSE;
context->m_hasReceivedHello = USYNERGY_FALSE;
context->m_isCaptured = USYNERGY_FALSE;
context->m_replyCur = context->m_replyBuffer + 4;
context->m_sequenceNumber = 0;
}
/**
@brief Update a connected context
**/
static void sUpdateContext(uSynergyContext *context)
{
/* Receive data (blocking) */
int receive_size = USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE - context->m_receiveOfs;
int num_received = 0;
int packlen = 0;
if (context->m_receiveFunc(context->m_cookie, context->m_receiveBuffer + context->m_receiveOfs, receive_size, &num_received) == USYNERGY_FALSE)
{
/* Receive failed, let's try to reconnect */
char buffer[128];
sprintf(buffer, "Receive failed (%d bytes asked, %d bytes received), trying to reconnect in a second", receive_size, num_received);
sTrace(context, buffer);
sSetDisconnected(context);
context->m_sleepFunc(context->m_cookie, 1000);
return;
}
context->m_receiveOfs += num_received;
/* If we didn't receive any data then we're probably still polling to get connected and
therefore not getting any data back. To avoid overloading the system with a Synergy
thread that would hammer on polling, we let it rest for a bit if there's no data. */
if (num_received == 0)
context->m_sleepFunc(context->m_cookie, 500);
/* Check for timeouts */
if (context->m_hasReceivedHello)
{
uint32_t cur_time = context->m_getTimeFunc();
if (num_received == 0)
{
/* Timeout after 2 secs of inactivity (we received no CALV) */
if ((cur_time - context->m_lastMessageTime) > USYNERGY_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
sSetDisconnected(context);
}
else
context->m_lastMessageTime = cur_time;
}
/* Eat packets */
for (;;)
{
/* Grab packet length and bail out if the packet goes beyond the end of the buffer */
packlen = sNetToNative32(context->m_receiveBuffer);
if (packlen+4 > context->m_receiveOfs)
break;
/* Process message */
sProcessMessage(context, context->m_receiveBuffer);
/* Move packet to front of buffer */
memmove(context->m_receiveBuffer, context->m_receiveBuffer+packlen+4, context->m_receiveOfs-packlen-4);
context->m_receiveOfs -= packlen+4;
}
/* Throw away over-sized packets */
if (packlen > USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE)
{
/* Oversized packet, ditch tail end */
char buffer[128];
sprintf(buffer, "Oversized packet: '%c%c%c%c' (length %d)", context->m_receiveBuffer[4], context->m_receiveBuffer[5], context->m_receiveBuffer[6], context->m_receiveBuffer[7], packlen);
sTrace(context, buffer);
num_received = context->m_receiveOfs-4; // 4 bytes for the size field
while (num_received != packlen)
{
int buffer_left = packlen - num_received;
int to_receive = buffer_left < USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE ? buffer_left : USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE;
int ditch_received = 0;
if (context->m_receiveFunc(context->m_cookie, context->m_receiveBuffer, to_receive, &ditch_received) == USYNERGY_FALSE)
{
/* Receive failed, let's try to reconnect */
sTrace(context, "Receive failed, trying to reconnect in a second");
sSetDisconnected(context);
context->m_sleepFunc(context->m_cookie, 1000);
break;
}
else
{
num_received += ditch_received;
}
}
context->m_receiveOfs = 0;
}
}
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Public interface
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Initialize uSynergy context
**/
void uSynergyInit(uSynergyContext *context)
{
/* Zero memory */
memset(context, 0, sizeof(uSynergyContext));
/* Initialize to default state */
sSetDisconnected(context);
}
/**
@brief Update uSynergy
**/
void uSynergyUpdate(uSynergyContext *context)
{
if (context->m_connected)
{
/* Update context, receive data, call callbacks */
sUpdateContext(context);
}
else
{
/* Try to connect */
if (context->m_connectFunc(context->m_cookie))
context->m_connected = USYNERGY_TRUE;
}
}
/**
@brief Send clipboard data
**/
void uSynergySendClipboard(uSynergyContext *context, const char *text)
{
// Calculate maximum size that will fit in a reply packet
uint32_t overhead_size = 4 + /* Message size */
4 + /* Message ID */
1 + /* Clipboard index */
4 + /* Sequence number */
4 + /* Rest of message size (because it's a Synergy string from here on) */
4 + /* Number of clipboard formats */
4 + /* Clipboard format */
4; /* Clipboard data length */
uint32_t max_length = USYNERGY_REPLY_BUFFER_SIZE - overhead_size;
// Clip text to max length
uint32_t text_length = (uint32_t)strlen(text);
if (text_length > max_length)
{
char buffer[128];
sprintf(buffer, "Clipboard buffer too small, clipboard truncated at %d characters", max_length);
sTrace(context, buffer);
text_length = max_length;
}
// Assemble packet
sAddString(context, "DCLP");
sAddUInt8(context, 0); /* Clipboard index */
sAddUInt32(context, context->m_sequenceNumber);
sAddUInt32(context, 4+4+4+text_length); /* Rest of message size: numFormats, format, length, data */
sAddUInt32(context, 1); /* Number of formats (only text for now) */
sAddUInt32(context, USYNERGY_CLIPBOARD_FORMAT_TEXT);
sAddUInt32(context, text_length);
sAddString(context, text);
sSendReply(context);
}

420
libs/usynergy/uSynergy.h
View File

@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
/*
uSynergy client -- Interface for the embedded Synergy client library
version 1.0.0, July 7th, 2012
Copyright (C) 2012 Synergy Si Ltd.
Copyright (c) 2012 Alex Evans
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Configuration
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Determine endianness
**/
#if defined(USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && defined(USYNERGY_BIG_ENDIAN)
/* Ambiguous: both endians specified */
#error "Can't define both USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN and USYNERGY_BIG_ENDIAN"
#elif !defined(USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && !defined(USYNERGY_BIG_ENDIAN)
/* Attempt to auto detect */
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__) || defined(LITTLE_ENDIAN) || (_BYTE_ORDER == _LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__) || defined(BIG_ENDIAN) || (_BYTE_ORDER == _BIG_ENDIAN)
#define USYNERGY_BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#error "Can't detect endian-nes, please defined either USYNERGY_LITTLE_ENDIAN or USYNERGY_BIG_ENDIAN";
#endif
#else
/* User-specified endian-nes, nothing to do for us */
#endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types and Constants
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Boolean type
**/
typedef int uSynergyBool;
#define USYNERGY_FALSE 0 /* False value */
#define USYNERGY_TRUE 1 /* True value */
/**
@brief User context type
The uSynergyCookie type is an opaque type that is used by uSynergy to communicate to the client. It is passed along to
callback functions as context.
**/
typedef struct { int ignored; } * uSynergyCookie;
/**
@brief Clipboard types
**/
enum uSynergyClipboardFormat
{
USYNERGY_CLIPBOARD_FORMAT_TEXT = 0, /* Text format, UTF-8, newline is LF */
USYNERGY_CLIPBOARD_FORMAT_BITMAP = 1, /* Bitmap format, BMP 24/32bpp, BI_RGB */
USYNERGY_CLIPBOARD_FORMAT_HTML = 2, /* HTML format, HTML fragment, UTF-8, newline is LF */
};
/**
@brief Constants and limits
**/
#define USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS 4 /* Maximum number of supported joysticks */
#define USYNERGY_PROTOCOL_MAJOR 1 /* Major protocol version */
#define USYNERGY_PROTOCOL_MINOR 4 /* Minor protocol version */
#define USYNERGY_IDLE_TIMEOUT 2000 /* Timeout in milliseconds before reconnecting */
#define USYNERGY_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 /* Maximum length of traced message */
#define USYNERGY_REPLY_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 /* Maximum size of a reply packet */
#define USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 /* Maximum size of an incoming packet */
/**
@brief Keyboard constants
**/
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x0001 /* Shift key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_CTRL 0x0002 /* Ctrl key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_ALT 0x0004 /* Alt key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_META 0x0008 /* Meta key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_WIN 0x0010 /* Windows key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_ALT_GR 0x0020 /* AltGr key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_LEVEL5LOCK 0x0040 /* Level5Lock key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_CAPSLOCK 0x1000 /* CapsLock key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 0x2000 /* NumLock key modifier */
#define USYNERGY_MODIFIER_SCROLLOCK 0x4000 /* ScrollLock key modifier */
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Functions and Callbacks
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Connect function
This function is called when uSynergy needs to connect to the host. It doesn't imply a network implementation or
destination address, that must all be handled on the user side. The function should return USYNERGY_TRUE if a
connection was established or USYNERGY_FALSE if it could not connect.
When network errors occur (e.g. uSynergySend or uSynergyReceive fail) then the connect call will be called again
so the implementation of the function must close any old connections and clean up resources before retrying.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
**/
typedef uSynergyBool (*uSynergyConnectFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie);
/**
@brief Send function
This function is called when uSynergy needs to send something over the default connection. It should return
USYNERGY_TRUE if sending succeeded and USYNERGY_FALSE otherwise. This function should block until the send
operation is completed.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param buffer Address of buffer to send
@param length Length of buffer to send
**/
typedef uSynergyBool (*uSynergySendFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie, const uint8_t *buffer, int length);
/**
@brief Receive function
This function is called when uSynergy needs to receive data from the default connection. It should return
USYNERGY_TRUE if receiving data succeeded and USYNERGY_FALSE otherwise. This function should block until data
has been received and wait for data to become available. If @a outLength is set to 0 upon completion it is
assumed that the connection is alive, but still in a connecting state and needs time to settle.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param buffer Address of buffer to receive data into
@param maxLength Maximum amount of bytes to write into the receive buffer
@param outLength Address of integer that receives the actual amount of bytes written into @a buffer
**/
typedef uSynergyBool (*uSynergyReceiveFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie, uint8_t *buffer, int maxLength, int* outLength);
/**
@brief Thread sleep function
This function is called when uSynergy wants to suspend operation for a while before retrying an operation. It
is mostly used when a socket times out or disconnect occurs to prevent uSynergy from continuously hammering a
network connection in case the network is down.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param timeMs Time to sleep the current thread (in milliseconds)
**/
typedef void (*uSynergySleepFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie, int timeMs);
/**
@brief Get time function
This function is called when uSynergy needs to know the current time. This is used to determine when timeouts
have occured. The time base should be a cyclic millisecond time value.
@returns Time value in milliseconds
**/
typedef uint32_t (*uSynergyGetTimeFunc)();
/**
@brief Trace function
This function is called when uSynergy wants to trace something. It is optional to show these messages, but they
are often useful when debugging. uSynergy only traces major events like connecting and disconnecting. Usually
only a single trace is shown when the connection is established and no more trace are called.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param text Text to be traced
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyTraceFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie, const char *text);
/**
@brief Screen active callback
This callback is called when Synergy makes the screen active or inactive. This
callback is usually sent when the mouse enters or leaves the screen.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param active Activation flag, 1 if the screen has become active, 0 if the screen has become inactive
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyScreenActiveCallback)(uSynergyCookie cookie, uSynergyBool active);
/**
@brief Mouse callback
This callback is called when a mouse events happens. The mouse X and Y position,
wheel and button state is communicated in the message. It's up to the user to
interpret if this is a mouse up, down, double-click or other message.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param x Mouse X position
@param y Mouse Y position
@param wheelX Mouse wheel X position
@param wheelY Mouse wheel Y position
@param buttonLeft Left button pressed status, 0 for released, 1 for pressed
@param buttonMiddle Middle button pressed status, 0 for released, 1 for pressed
@param buttonRight Right button pressed status, 0 for released, 1 for pressed
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyMouseCallback)(uSynergyCookie cookie, uint16_t x, uint16_t y, int16_t wheelX, int16_t wheelY, uSynergyBool buttonLeft, uSynergyBool buttonRight, uSynergyBool buttonMiddle);
/**
@brief Key event callback
This callback is called when a key is pressed or released.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param key Key code of key that was pressed or released
@param modifiers Status of modifier keys (alt, shift, etc.)
@param down Down or up status, 1 is key is pressed down, 0 if key is released (up)
@param repeat Repeat flag, 1 if the key is down because the key is repeating, 0 if the key is initially pressed by the user
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyKeyboardCallback)(uSynergyCookie cookie, uint16_t key, uint16_t modifiers, uSynergyBool down, uSynergyBool repeat);
/**
@brief Joystick event callback
This callback is called when a joystick stick or button changes. It is possible that multiple callbacks are
fired when different sticks or buttons change as these are individual messages in the packet stream. Each
callback will contain all the valid state for the different axes and buttons. The last callback received will
represent the most current joystick state.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param joyNum Joystick number, always in the range [0 ... USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS>
@param buttons Button pressed mask
@param leftStickX Left stick X position, in range [-127 ... 127]
@param leftStickY Left stick Y position, in range [-127 ... 127]
@param rightStickX Right stick X position, in range [-127 ... 127]
@param rightStickY Right stick Y position, in range [-127 ... 127]
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyJoystickCallback)(uSynergyCookie cookie, uint8_t joyNum, uint16_t buttons, int8_t leftStickX, int8_t leftStickY, int8_t rightStickX, int8_t rightStickY);
/**
@brief Clipboard event callback
This callback is called when something is placed on the clipboard. Multiple callbacks may be fired for
multiple clipboard formats if they are supported. The data provided is read-only and may not be modified
by the application.
@param cookie Cookie supplied in the Synergy context
@param format Clipboard format
@param data Memory area containing the clipboard raw data
@param size Size of clipboard data
**/
typedef void (*uSynergyClipboardCallback)(uSynergyCookie cookie, enum uSynergyClipboardFormat format, const uint8_t *data, uint32_t size);
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Context
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief uSynergy context
**/
typedef struct
{
/* Mandatory configuration data, filled in by client */
uSynergyConnectFunc m_connectFunc; /* Connect function */
uSynergySendFunc m_sendFunc; /* Send data function */
uSynergyReceiveFunc m_receiveFunc; /* Receive data function */
uSynergySleepFunc m_sleepFunc; /* Thread sleep function */
uSynergyGetTimeFunc m_getTimeFunc; /* Get current time function */
const char* m_clientName; /* Name of Synergy Screen / Client */
uint16_t m_clientWidth; /* Width of screen */
uint16_t m_clientHeight; /* Height of screen */
/* Optional configuration data, filled in by client */
uSynergyCookie m_cookie; /* Cookie pointer passed to callback functions (can be NULL) */
uSynergyTraceFunc m_traceFunc; /* Function for tracing status (can be NULL) */
uSynergyScreenActiveCallback m_screenActiveCallback; /* Callback for entering and leaving screen */
uSynergyMouseCallback m_mouseCallback; /* Callback for mouse events */
uSynergyKeyboardCallback m_keyboardCallback; /* Callback for keyboard events */
uSynergyJoystickCallback m_joystickCallback; /* Callback for joystick events */
uSynergyClipboardCallback m_clipboardCallback; /* Callback for clipboard events */
/* State data, used internall by client, initialized by uSynergyInit() */
uSynergyBool m_connected; /* Is our socket connected? */
uSynergyBool m_hasReceivedHello; /* Have we received a 'Hello' from the server? */
uSynergyBool m_isCaptured; /* Is Synergy active (i.e. this client is receiving input messages?) */
uint32_t m_lastMessageTime; /* Time at which last message was received */
uint32_t m_sequenceNumber; /* Packet sequence number */
uint8_t m_receiveBuffer[USYNERGY_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE]; /* Receive buffer */
int m_receiveOfs; /* Receive buffer offset */
uint8_t m_replyBuffer[USYNERGY_REPLY_BUFFER_SIZE]; /* Reply buffer */
uint8_t* m_replyCur; /* Write offset into reply buffer */
uint16_t m_mouseX; /* Mouse X position */
uint16_t m_mouseY; /* Mouse Y position */
int16_t m_mouseWheelX; /* Mouse wheel X position */
int16_t m_mouseWheelY; /* Mouse wheel Y position */
uSynergyBool m_mouseButtonLeft; /* Mouse left button */
uSynergyBool m_mouseButtonRight; /* Mouse right button */
uSynergyBool m_mouseButtonMiddle; /* Mouse middle button */
int8_t m_joystickSticks[USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS][4]; /* Joystick stick position in 2 axes for 2 sticks */
uint16_t m_joystickButtons[USYNERGY_NUM_JOYSTICKS]; /* Joystick button state */
} uSynergyContext;
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Interface
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
@brief Initialize uSynergy context
This function initializes @a context for use. Call this function directly after
creating the context, before filling in any configuration data in it. Not calling
this function will cause undefined behavior.
@param context Context to be initialized
**/
extern void uSynergyInit(uSynergyContext *context);
/**
@brief Update uSynergy
This function updates uSynergy and does the bulk of the work. It does connection management,
receiving data, reconnecting after errors or timeouts and so on. It assumes that networking
operations are blocking and it can suspend the current thread if it needs to wait. It is
best practice to call uSynergyUpdate from a background thread so it is responsive.
Because uSynergy relies mostly on blocking calls it will mostly stay in thread sleep state
waiting for system mutexes and won't eat much memory.
uSynergyUpdate doesn't do any memory allocations or have any side effects beyond those of
the callbacks it calls.
@param context Context to be updated
**/
extern void uSynergyUpdate(uSynergyContext *context);
/**
@brief Send clipboard data
This function sets new clipboard data and sends it to the server. Use this function if
your client cuts or copies data onto the clipboard that it needs to share with the
server.
Currently there is only support for plaintext, but HTML and image data could be
supported with some effort.
@param context Context to send clipboard data to
@param text Text to set to the clipboard
**/
extern void uSynergySendClipboard(uSynergyContext *context, const char *text);
#ifdef __cplusplus
};
#endif